Heldon Catalogue Edition 69 Compress

HELDON
PRODUCT
GUIDE
REFRIGERATION EDITION 69
& AIR-CONDITIONING
COMPONENTS
LOCAL SOLUTIONS FOR GLOBAL CHALLENGES
We at Heldon are proud to be Australia’s manufacturing choice and global supplier of high quality refrigeration and air-
conditioning components. Our latest catalogue is representative of our current product offering.
Heldon is now partnered with the world renown Henry Technologies to developing products efficiencies to deliver best quality
at best price practice.
We trust this catalogue serves you well and we are always interested in your inquiries and feedback.
sales@heldon.com.au / www.heldon.com.au
Phone no. + 61 (03) 9286 4222
Fax no. + 61 (03) 9286 4242
Yours Sincerely,
The Heldon Team.
www.heldon.com.au
LOCAL SOLUTIONS FOR GLOBAL CHALLENGES
The cornerstone of our quality processes is our quality Heldon engineers are encouraged wherever possible to work
management system complying with AS/NZS ISO 9001. with and support our customers and business partners.
This interaction is an important part of the Heldon Products
We employ a systematic approach to quality assurance philosophy of adding value and improving outcomes for all
which starts at the design and research stage of new product stake holders in our industry.
development and continues through to material selection
and sourcing. Every component manufactured or sourced Brand product catalogues are produced showcasing
undergoes a rigorous qualification regime. companies collections of goods around the world, this product
guide has been written by Australian Industry tradespeople
Heldon have invested heavily in their manufacturing facilities. We and Engineers to give the latest technical information on
utilise precision machining centres, rotary automated welding product solutions appropriate for performance results in
and worlds best practice dedicated cells that include the use Australia and New Zealand applications.
of lean manufacture and waste elimination.
Appropriate standards and product competence are at the
All our manufacturing facilities are ISO 9001 certified and forefront of this product guide. The latest product guide
currently manufacture components and vessels that comply information is available at www.heldon.com.au or contact
with PED, carry the CE mark, ASME, AS1210, AS2971, UL207 Heldon at 03 9286 4222.
and CRN.
Heldon employs a dedicated team of engineers responsible

for all facets of new product development and continued
improvement of existing lines. The latest 3D CAD modelling
with CFD analysis is employed. This is further backed by life
cycle, fluid dynamics and static pressure testing to ensure a
high quality product every time.
Our other brochures:

&20321(176 7+(5023/$67,& )/(;,%/(
)25 +26(6),77,1*6 )$1
&2 $&&(6625,(6 62/87,216
&20321(176 )255()5,*(5$7,21 6+$'('32/(648$5(47<3()$1027256
)25&2 $,5&21',7,21,1*6<67(06 H46(5,(6(&)$1027256
$;,$/)$166,1*/(3+$6(
)DQEURFKXUHFRPELQHGLQGG $0
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon is a leading manufacturer of refrigeration and air-conditioning components.
Established in Melbourne in 1933 and now part of the Henry group, Heldon have grown to become a truly global company
with manufacturing facilities in Australia , Asia, USA, UK and Canada. Heldon is an internationally respected and innovative
manufacturer of HVAC/R components. We have built our reputation on over 80 years of experience to ensure every component
that bears our name will perform to specification and produce a better outcome for all stakeholders.
Heldon ensure all components continue to meet and exceed expectations of our customers. Products are tested during
and after final assembly. Heldon is a flexible customer focused company that is able to design and manufacture products
for special applications. We will tailor a customised logistic & inventory management program to suit your unique needs.
Please contact the sales office in your region.
! " ! # " $ % & ' ( " ) " * $ + , " - ( * % . % / 0 " 1 2 $ % 3 4
I J K I K
5 6 7 8 9 : ; < : = > ? @ A B < = : > ? @ A B Q 5 > ? @ A B : = : D : > ? @ A B Q R > ? @ A B < = L : S E 9 B > ? @ A B
K J J K J J J J
C B ; D E = F 9 E D 6 A 8 7 : = L : < : ; B 7 > ? @ A B C B = 9 G O B A = E ; E L < B 7 C B = 9 G O B A = E ; E L < B 7 C B = 9 G O B A = E ; E L < B 7 C B = 9 G O B A = E ; E L < B 7 F 8 B H 8 D
5 6 7 8 9 : ; < : F 8 G H 8 D
Room # 9T, 655 3rd street, Suite 100, P.O. Box 1385 Mossland Road Blk 203B Henderson Road
25 Tullamarine Park Road, Tseng Chow Trade Building, Beloit, WI 53511 USA Brantford, Ontario Hillington Park 12-11 Henderson Industrial Park
Tullamarine VIC 3043 No. 1590 West Yanan Road, N3T 5T6 Canada Glasgow, G52 4XZ Singapore 159546
Australia Changning District, Shanghai, Tel: + 1608 361 4400 Scotland, UK.
PRC, 200050 General Enquiries Tel: + 65 6 295 0055
Tel: +61 3 9286 4222 Tel: 1-800-263-0086 General Enquiries: Fax: + 65 6 295 0061
Fax: +61 3 9286 4242 Tel: + 86 21 6280 9530 + 44 141 882 4621
+ 86 21 6280 9531 Switchboard:
Fax : + 86 21 6280 9532 1-519-759-3010 Sales Of!ce Fax:
M : A 8 E 9 G N O : < P
J
E 6
Fax: 1-519-759-1611 + 44 141 810 9199
Tel: + 86 576 8296 7700

+86 576 8296 7733
Fax: + 86 576 8296 7755
Heldon
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1: Filter
Filter Driers
Driers && Strainers
Strainers 6: PRV's
PRV's && Other
Other Safety
Safety Devices
Devices
Filter Driers/Drier Cores 2 Pressure Relief Valves 102
Liquid Line Filter Driers 6 Three-Way Dual Shut-Off Valves 110
Bi-Flow Filter Driers 9 Rupture Disc 111
Suction/Burnout Filter Driers 11 Pressure Indicator 114
Replaceable Filter Core Drier Shells 14 Pressure Switch 115
Drier Cores 17 Sentry Safety Device Assemblies 116
Strainers 19 Safety Device Kits 118
Liquid Level Switches 120
2:Valves
Valves Liquid & Oil Level Probes 124
Packless Line Valves 20

Packed Capped Valves 22
Fittings
7: Fittings
Capped Line Valves 24
Service Valves 27 Copper Fittings 125
Ball Valves 29 Copper Couplings 127
3-In-1 Ball Valves 33 Copper Bushes 128
Full Flow Rotalock Valves 35 Copper Tees 129
Standard Flow Rotalock Valves 41 P-Traps 129
Check Valves 42 Copper Elbows 129
Magnetic Check Valves 45 Copper Return Bends 130
Solenoid Valves 47 Y-Pieces 131
Solenoid Coils 50 Bonnets 131
Reversing Valves 53 Copper Stop Ends 132
Copper Washers 132
3:Flow
FlowControls
Controls Pipe Clips 133
Capillary Tubes 133
Moisture Indicators 55 Brass 134
Rotalock Sight Glasses 59 Flare Nuts 135
Sight Glasses 62 Schrader Fittings 136
Liquid Indicators 63 Brass Fittings 138
Vibration Eliminators 65 Unions 139
Discharge Mufflers 67 Forged Elbows 144
Forged Tees 146
4:Pressure
PressureVessels
Vessels
Liquid Receivers 69 8: Controls
Controls && Tools
Tools Accessories
Suction Accumulators 72
Service Replacement Thermostats 148
5:
OilOil Management
Management Ranco Invensys Parts 150
Tools 151
Technical Information 77
Oil Separators Information 80 Terms & Conditions of Sales 152
Conventional Oil Separators 85
Helical Oil Separators 87
Helical Oil Separator - Reservoirs 90
Oil Reservoirs 92
Reservoir Pressure Valves 95
Oil Strainers 96
Oil Filters and Oil Filter Driers 97
Demountable Oil Filters 99
Oil Regulator Shut-Off Valve 100
Positive Oil Exchange Valve 101
www.heldon.com.au 1
Heldon
TECHNICAL INFORMATION - FILTER DRIERS/DRIER CORES
Introduction
New refrigerants and synthetic oils (such as POE/PAG) demand a
more precise operating environment than ever before. Excessive
moisture and contamination levels can quickly lead to a loss
of refrigeration capacity, system efficiency or even breakdown.
The Solution?
Trust in time-tested Heldon Filter Driers/Drier Cores to offer
reliable, long lasting protection, for both food service and
air conditioning applications, whether new installation, field
replacement or retrofit.
The First Line of System Protection

The Filter Drier/Drier Core in a refrigeration or air conditioning
system is often referred to as the system protector, because it
removes harmful elements from the circulating refrigerants and
lubricants before serious damage results.
The Filter Driers/Drier Cores Function

The primary contaminants which Filter Driers/Drier Cores
are expected to remove are:
1. Moisture.
2. Acids.
3. Solid contaminants such as metal filings, flux, dirt,
oxides and wax.
4. Sludges and Varnish.
1. Moisture
Moisture or water can come from many sources:
• Improper dehydration of new equipment. A leading international compressor manufacturer’s experience
• Improper field assembly or poor service procedures. with Poly-ol Ester Oil is presented in Fig. 1.
• Refrigerant leaks.
• Wet refrigerant. The seriousness of POE’s hygroscopic nature is depicted as the
• Wet oil, Poly-ol Ester (POE) which is much more “moisture loving” compressor with its oil, moves its way from manufacture, to rack
(hygroscopic) than mineral oils. fabrication, to field installation and finally comissioning.
*Note that if the moisture content of the POE oil is greater than For the most cost effective method of removing the harmful effects
75 PPM (parts per million), the POE reverts back to its original of moisture, simply choose a Heldon Filter Drier/Drier Core.
chemical – an alcohol and an organic acid. Alcohol reduces
the Filter Drier's effectiveness with water and acid attacks the
refrigeration system's internals.
2 www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Figure 1.
Compressor/Polyol Ester Oil

Moisture Content Versus Time
Moisture Level In Sample Size: 13
Oil (PPM)
300
270 PPM
237 PPM
200
156 PPM
93 PPM 129 PPM
100
75 PPM Filter Change At

60 Days Operating 30 PPM
20 PPM
0
Ex-Compressor Ex-Rack At Jobsite In Operation
Manufacturer Manufacturer
75 Days
2. Acids 3. Solid Contaminants

Acids are formed by a combination of refrigerants being heated These include dirt, copper oxide scale, sludges, flux, metallic
to elevated temperatures and the presence of high moisture particles etc. Such contaminates can be introduced during
content in the system. This Hydrolysis forms both Hydrochloric manufacture, field assembly or service. They can damage
and Hydrofluoric (inorganic) acids. Organic acids are also created compressor cylinder walls, bearings and cause blockages of
from the lubricants breakdown in the presence of moisture. capillary tubes or TX Valve strainers. These contaminants create
Since acids attack and corrode the metals in a refrigeration the conditions necessary for the decomposition of the refrigerant/
system, it is crucial that they be removed as quickly as possible lubricant mixture at high temperatures.
to minimise damage.
The effective removal of contaminants is difficult due to the wide
It is crucial to beware of the harmful effects of high discharge or range of particle sizes that can be encountered in a system.
condensing temperatures on refrigeration systems, as they act
as the major catalyst in the production of acids. It is good trade A refrigeration system demands:
practice to replace the Filter Drier or Core whenever a system has
• Thorough low micron filtration to capture these particles.
operated for extended periods under high operating temperatures.
• Guaranteed uniform porosity through the entire Filter Drier
Heldon Filter Driers/Cores have a critical mission to remove this Core.
• A core shaped to give maximum surface area with negligible
acid, prolonging the life of compressors and refrigerants.
pressure drop.
• Improved filtration, long lasting results.
Case Study
A recent Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI) study Heldon Filter Driers/Cores offer thorough filtration with less
showed that even weak acid circulating in a refrigeration chance of total core blockage.
system could reduce a compressor’s life from one million hours
to approximately 1,000 hours.
www.heldon.com.au 3
Heldon
4. Sludges and Varnish
Even the cleanest system when subjected to unusually high discharge
temperatures will suffer from lubricant breakdown. Sludge, varnish
and carbon deposits are some of the by-products of this occurrence.
A refrigeration system can feature certain catalytic metals (iron
& copper) that can further contribute to the refrigerant/lubricant
mixture’s breakdown.
What is a Desiccant?
Desiccant is the material used to filter and dry the refrigerant and oil.
The four most commonly used desiccants are:
• 3A Molecular Sieve (MS) - most effective against moisture.
• Activated Alumina (AL) - most effective against acid.
• Activated Carbon (AC) - most affective against sludges and varnish
• Silica Gel
Table 1.
Acid Capacity of Desiccants

Dessiccant Inorganic Acid (% by wt.) Organic Acid Capacity (% by wt.)
Molecular Sieve 6% 0.8%
Activated Alumina 6% 5.5%
Figure 2.
Moisture Equilibrium Curves for R-22 and

Three Common Desiccants at 24˚C
Water Capacity per kg of Desiccant, g
200
150
Molecular Sieve
Activated Alumina
100
Silica Gel
50
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Moisture In R-22, mg/kg
*Source: 2002 Ashrae Refrigeration Handbook
4 www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Heldon’s range of system protectors, delivering
Total Filtration Management Solutions
Heldon’s range of Filter Driers /Drier Cores are manufactured from • Suction Core – 100% Molecular Sieve
the desiccants 3A Molecular Sieve, Activated Alumina and Activated Targets moisture & particulate removal from the suction line
Carbon. The most suitable desiccant is chosen for the Filter Drier's before these contaminants can reach the compressor. Ideal
intended application and its location within the refrigeration system. for commissioning purposes, these replaceable Cores feature
Heldon’s vast experience has resulted in the creation of proprietary a unique design that delivers both low pressure drop, in
mixtures to target the removal of system contaminants before conjunction with high refrigerant flow rates.
they can do damage and cause breakdowns to the refrigeration
system. Designed in conjunction with the Suction Filter Element, • Suction Filter Element – Fluted Filter Type
Heldon delivers total filtration management solutions for the benefit Compressor manufacturers know that motor burnouts can be
of customers. caused by system contaminants returning down the suction
line. Foreign particles including copper oxides, metal and
• 3A Molecular Sieve (MS) copper pieces enter the compressor and become imbedded
Used for maximum moisture removal, the 3A Molecular Sieve in the motor windings themselves. As the compressor starts
traps and removes water molecules from the circulating and stops, these windings flex and move. The particles present
refrigerant and oil. Tested in accord with ARI 710-86, when scrape the insulation of the motor windings leading to motor
installed in the Liquid Line these Filter Driers provide the burnout, system downtime and possible stock losses.
drying capacity necessary to keep the moisture content of
the circulating fluids below 75 parts per million (ppm). This To extend the life span of the compressor, adequate filtration
therefore avoids the creation of acids in POE oils. is required before the suction service valve.
Heldon’s 3A Molecular Sieve Filter Driers/Drier Cores are Specially designed for such an application, the Suction Filter
suitable for the traditional refrigerants (including R717) as well Element removes returning contaminants down to 10 microns
as the modern refrigerants including high pressure R410A (Filter Beta rating = 10: ISO 4548-12). Its fluted design keeps
and CO2. 3A MS Filter Driers/Drier Cores deliver the most cost the collected debris safely imbedded in the filter whilst its large
effective means of removing the harmful effects of moisture surface area keeps pressure drop to a minimum.
from the refrigeration system.
Heldon Suction Filter Element provides the compressor with
• 3A MS and Activated Alumina (AL) mixtures the particulate protection it needs to prevent breakdowns
caused by a contaminated system.
For high performance moisture, acid and contaminant
removal, Heldon provides its customers with Filter Drier Cores Note that good trade practice dictates that the Maximum
that contain a mixture of both 3A MS and Activated Alumina. recommended pressure drop in the Suction Line Filter for
The Activated Alumina chemically attracts acids that may be commercial refrigeration (R134a) is 10.3 kPa.
present in the refrigeration system, locking them away so
as to prolong the life of compressors, refrigerants, and oils.
Note that, high percentage mixes of AL are not recommended

for long term use with POE oils, as they can strip the
compressor manufacturer's oil additives from the systems
lubricant.
• 3A MS, AL and Activated Carbon (AC) mixtures

Best suited for clean up after burnout and for severely
contaminated systems plagued with moisture, acids, sludge/
varnish and other contaminant issues. Working in conjunction
with the other desiccants present in this type of Filter Drier, the
Activated Carbon cleans the operating system of the deposits
that contribute to the breakdown of refrigerant and lubricants.
When fitted, these Filter Driers/Drier Cores provide the best insurance
policy available for any compressor replaced in the field.
www.heldon.com.au 5
Heldon
LIQUID LINE FILTER DRIERS
Introduction
Heldon Liquid Line Filter Driers offer a high level of protection for
refrigeration and air-conditioning systems. They are specifically
designed to remove moisture and solid particles from the system
before acids can be created to damage the compressor. Ideally
suited to HFC refrigerants and POE/PAG oils, they do not strip
compressor manufacturer's oil additives.
3000 Series 3001 Series
Features Benefits
1. Solid core construction with optimised binding agent. 1. Uniform porosity throughout the entire core guarantees
particulate filtration and retention.
2. 100% 3A Molecular Sieve core. 2. The most effective desiccant for moisture removal.
3. Post Core non-woven fine polyester filter. 3. A secondary line of defence that provides thorough low
micron filtration of particles from the system.
4. Solid copper sweat or zinc plated flare connections. 4. Easier to install, provides longer service life.
5. Powder coated UL approved shell rated to 4,200 kPa/610 psi. 5. Suitable for harsh environments.
6. Suitable for high pressure applications (R410A). 6. Suited for R410A.
Manufacturing Standards
Manufactured in accordance with AS 2971 and UL207
Safe Working Pressure: 4,200 kPa
6 www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Capacities
Liquid Capacity Table (kw) Drying Capacity Tables (kg refrigerant)
Conn. Drops
Size Flare Solder Shell R22 R134a R407C of
(Inch) Part No. Part No. Dia. R407C R410A R134a R404A R744 R22 R507 R404A R410A Water
24°C 52°C 24°C 52°C 24°C 52°C 24°C 52°C @24°C
1/4 3000-032 3001-032S 46 6.1 6.5 5.8 3.2 8.9 4.9 5 5 5.0 8 5 5 5 160
3/8 3000-033 3001-033S 46 20.8 22.1 17.7 10.3 27.1 4.9 5 5 5.0 8 5 5 5 160
1/4 3000-052 3001-052S 65 7.7 8.2 6.4 3.5 9.8 10 9 10.6 10 16 9.6 11 9.1 310
3/8 3000-053 3001-053S 65 19.0 20.2 17.2 10.2 26.3 10 9 10.6 10 16 9.6 11 9.1 310
1/4 3000-082 3001-082S 65 7.9 8.5 6.6 3.6 10.1 15.8 15 16.9 16 25 15.4 17 14.6 500
3/8 3000-083 3001-083S 65 21.7 23.1 18.7 10.5 28.7 15.8 15 16.9 16 25 15.4 17 14.6 500
1/2 3000-084 3001-084S 65 31.1 33.2 26.7 15.6 40.8 15.8 15 16.9 16 25 15.4 17 14.6 500
1/4 3000-162 3001-162S 78 8.6 9.2 7.2 3.9 11.0 25 23 26 25.2 39 24 27 23 780
3/8 3000-163 3001-162S 78 23.0 24.5 20.1 11.1 30.8 25 23 26 25.2 39 24 27 23 780
1/2 3000-164 3001-164S 78 34.9 37.3 30.3 16.9 46.4 25 23 26 25.2 39 24 27 23 780
5/8 3000-165 3001-165S 78 34.4 36.7 30.1 16.0 46.1 25 23 26 25.2 39 24 27 23 780
3/8 3000-303 3001-303S 78 23.2 24.7 20.2 11.0 31.0 51 47.4 55 52 81 50 55 47 1620
1/2 3000-304 3001-304S 78 35.7 38.1 31.1 16.8 47.6 51 47.4 55 52 81 50 55 47 1620
5/8 3000-305 3001-305S 78 43.5 46.4 38.2 21.3 58.4 51 47.4 55 52 81 50 55 47 1620
3/4 3000-306 3001-306S 78 64.3 68.5 56.0 30.9 85.6 51 47.4 55 52 81 50 55 47 1620
7/8 - 3001-307S 78 64.3 68.5 56.0 30.9 85.6 51 47.4 55 52 81 50 55 47 1620
3/8 3000-413 3001-413S 92 26.3 28.0 23.2 12.7 35.5 77 71 82 78 121 75 83 71 2430
1/2 3000-414 3001-414S 92 41.6 44.4 36.4 19.9 55.6 77 71 82 78 121 75 83 71 2430
5/8 3000-415 3001-415S 92 58.3 62.2 50.9 27.1 77.9 77 71 82 78 121 75 83 71 2430
3/4 3000-416 3001-416S 92 67.7 72.2 59.1 31.4 90.4 77 71 82 78 121 75 83 71 2430
7/8 - 3001-417S 92 67.7 72.2 59.1 31.4 90.4 77 71 82 78 121 75 83 71 2430
Given in accordance with ARI 710-86 for: Drying Capacity based on moisture content reduction
Evaporator temperature; te = -15°C requirements as follows:
Condensing temperature; tc = 30°C R22, R410A; down to 60 ppm
Pressure drop; P = 7 kPa (1 psi) R407C, R404a, R507; down to 30 ppm
R134a; down to 75 ppm
www.heldon.com.au 7
Heldon
Dimensions
3000 Series - Flare 3001 Series - Solder
Conn. Size Flare Dimensions (mm) Weight Conn. Size Solder Dimensions (mm) Weight
(Inch) Part No. A B (kg) (Inch) Part No. A B (kg)
1/4 3000-032 110 46 0.255 1/4 3001-032S 81 46 0.225
3/8 3000-033 120 46 0.310 3/8 3001-033S 85 46 0.260
1/4 3000-052 119 65 0.395 1/4 3001-052S 90 65 0.360
3/8 3000-053 129 65 0.435 3/8 3001-053S 94 65 0.380
1/4 3000-082 145 65 0.515 1/4 3001-082S 116 65 0.480
3/8 3000-083 155 65 0.550 3/8 3001-083S 120 65 0.485
1/2 3000-084 163 65 0.580 1/2 3001-084S 122 65 0.495
1/4 3000-162 159 78 0.750 1/4 3001-162S 130 78 0.755
3/8 3000-163 169 78 0.790 3/8 3001-163S 134 78 0.805
1/2 3000-164 177 78 0.825 1/2 3001-164S 136 78 0.820
5/8 3000-165 185 78 0.895 5/8 3001-165S 134 78 0.895
3/8 3000-303 242 78 1.235 3/8 3001-303S 207 78 1.210
1/2 3000-304 250 78 1.290 1/2 3001-304S 209 78 1.250
5/8 3000-305 258 78 1.345 5/8 3001-305S 220 78 1.270
3/4 3000-306 264 78 1.370 3/4 3001-306S 209 78 1.290
3/8 3000-413 249 92 1.865 7/8 3001-307S 215 78 1.310
1/2 3000-414 257 92 1.885 3/8 3001-413S 214 92 1.805
5/8 3000-415 265 92 1.935 1/2 3001-414S 216 92 1.815
3/4 3000-416 271 92 1.965 5/8 3001-415S 214 92 1.825
3/4 3001-416S 216 92 1.835
7/8 3001-417S 222 92 1.870
Weight kg refers to packaged weight of drier.
8 www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
BI-FLOW FILTER DRIERS
Introduction
Heldon Bi-Flow Filter Driers offer the highest levels of protection
for heat pump air-conditioning systems. They are designed
to remove moisture, acids and solid particles that can lead to
premature component failure and harmful chemical reactions
regardless of whether the air-conditioning demand is for heating
or cooling.
The Heldon Bi-Flow Filter Driers employ a new and improved

valve plate assembly that ensures all particles remain trapped 3040 Series - Flar
Flare
once they are caught by the filter regardless of the refrigerant
flow direction. The new valve plate design directs the refrigerant
flow through the desiccant core from the outside, inwards at all
times. This provides maximum Drying and Micron Filtration for the
refrigerant whilst maintaining acceptable refrigerant flow rates
through the filter drier.
3040 Standard Series (Beige) have a solid core consisting of 100%

Molecular Sieve. Designed to handle all conditions, these Filter
Driers offer quick water absorption and are ideally suited to HFC 3040 Series - Solder
refrigerants, with POE or PAG oils.
3027 Burnout Series (Yellow) have a solid core consisting of 48%

Molecular Sieve, 47% Activated Alumina and 5% Activated Carbon.
They offer quick moisture and acid absorption and are ideally suited
when a small motor burnout occurs and space does not permit a
full size burnout drier.
3027 Series
Features Benefits
1. Solid drier core construction with an optimised binding agent. 1. Larger & faster moisture uptake per cubic capacity of
dessicant.
2. Pre and post core filters provide double the filtration and 2. Maximum filtration without any nuisance breakdowns.
less chance of a total core blockage.
3. 3040 Standard Series – 100% Molecular Sieve. 3. Ideal for POE oil systems, delivering the quickest moisture
removal and the reduced risk of hydrolysis. Importantly, will
not strip manufacturers oil additives.
4. 3027 Burnout Series – 48% Molecular Sieve, 47% Activated 4. Clean up after small burnout when space restrictions apply.
Alumina and 5% Activate Carbon.
5. Solid copper sweat or zinc plated flare connections. 5. Easier to use and longer life.
6. Powder Coated shell rated at 4,200 kPa/600 psi (R410A 6. Suitable for harsh environments and for high pressure
compatible). applications.
7. Val ve plate employs compressor valve plate material for long 7. Will provide years of trouble free, system protection.
life.
Manufactured in accordance with AS 2971, UL207
www.heldon.com.au 9
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
3040 Series - Flare 3040 Series - Solder
Standard Series - Flare and Solder

Drying Capacity
Capacity (kW) Dimensions (mm)
(kg refrigerant) Flare Solder
Connection Flare Solder R22 Weight Weight
(Inch) Part No. Part No. R407C R134a R22 R407C R134a A B C (kg) (kg)
R410A R410A
1/4 3040-082 3040-082S 4.1 3.7 11.5 11.5 12.5 145 116 65 0.515 0.480
3/8 3040-083 3040-083S 8.0 7.4 11.5 11.5 12.5 155 120 65 0.550 0.485
1/2 3040-084 3040-084S 8.9 8.0 11.5 11.5 12.5 163 122 65 0.580 0.495
3/8 3040-163 3040-163S 18.9 17.0 15.5 15.5 16.3 169 134 78 0.790 0.805
1/2 3040-164 3040-165S 30.0 27.0 15.5 15.5 16.3 177 136 78 0.825 0.820
5/8 3040-165 3040-165S 38.5 34.6 15.5 15.5 16.3 185 134 78 0.895 0.895
3027 Series
Burnout Series - Flare

Capacity (kW) Drying Capacity (kg refrigerant*)
Acid Dimensions (mm)
Connection R22 Weight
Part No. Capacity
(Inch) R407C R134a R22 R407C R134a (kg)
(g) A B
R410A R410A
1/4 3027-082 4.2 3.8 7.0 6.3 7.4 3.9 145 65 0.515
3/8 3027-083 8.3 7.5 7.0 6.3 7.4 3.9 155 65 0.550
1/2 3027-084 9.1 8.2 7.0 6.3 7.4 3.9 163 65 0.580
3/8 3027-163 19.0 17.5 13.0 11.8 14.0 8.8 169 78 0.790
1/2 3027-164 30.0 27.0 13.0 11.8 14.0 8.8 177 78 0.825
10 www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
SUCTION/BURNOUT FILTER DRIERS
Introduction
Heldon Burnout Filter Driers offer a high level of contaminant
removal from refrigeration and air-conditioning systems following
a compressor motor burnout. Designed to remove moisture, acids
and solid particles that can lead to the premature failure of the
replacement compressor.
Employing a solid core design, Heldon Burnout Filter Driers deliver

minimal pressure drop via total core utilisation. This results in 3021 Series
quicker uptake of inorganic acids and other contaminants. The
solid core itself is formed through a binding process that maximizes
surface area and protects the core from acid decomposition.
Available in both standard and short lay-in lengths these models

feature inlet and outlet access Schrader ports for the monitoring of
pressure drop. For smaller suction pressure drop critical systems,
the 3026 series is supplied with a replacement jumper tube.
Note that it is good practice to remove suction burnout driers

after performing a successful acid test, in order to prevent loss 3022 Series
of system performance and the risk of catalytic hydrolysis in POE
oil systems.
3025 Series
3026 Series
Features Benefits
1. Solid core construction with optimized binding agents 1. Larger and faster moisture and contaminant uptake per cubic inch.
60% Molecular Sieve, 35% Activated Alumina and 5% Activated
Carbon.
2. Stainless steel mesh and a post core filter provide double 2. Double the filtration and less chance of a total core blockage.
the filtration and less chance of a total core blockage.
3. Inlet and Outlet access ports. 3. The ability to monitor pressure drop across the filter drier.
4. Short lay in length and multi-orientation design. 4. Easy of installation in tight positions.
5. Solid copper sweat or zinc plated flare connections. 5. Easier to use and longer life.
6. Powder coated shell rated to 4,200 kPa /610 psi (R410A 6. Suitable for harsh environments and most suction line
compatible). applications.
Manufactured in accordance with AS 2971
www.heldon.com.au 11
Heldon
Burnout 3021 Series - Flare Burnout 3022 Series - Solder
Burnout Filter Drier

Dimensions (mm) Capacity kW Dimensions (mm)
Connection Flare Length Weight R22 Solder Length Weight

(Inch) Part No. (Lay-In) (kg) R407C R134a R404A Part No. (Lay-In) (kg)
A B A B
3/8 - - - - 4.0 3.0 3.0 3022-033S 85 46 0.34
1/4 3021-082 146 65.5 0.57 6.0 3.5 4.0 3022-082S 120 65 0.57
3/8 3021-083 156 65.5 0.60 6.0 3.5 4.5 3022-083S 120 65 0.60
1/2 3021-084 163 65.5 0.64 10.0 5.5 8.0 3022-084S 122 65 0.64
1/4 3021-162 160 78 0.80 10.5 5.0 7.5 3022-162S 130 78 0.80
3/8 3021-163 170 78 0.86 13.0 5.5 8.0 3022-163S 134 78 0.86
1/2 3021-164 177 78 0.88 15.0 6.0 8.5 3022-164S 134 78 0.88
5/8 3021-165 186 78 0.96 20.0 9.5 13.0 3022-165S 134 78 0.96
1/2 3021-304 250 78 1.40 17.0 10.0 15.0 3022-304S 209 78 1.40
5/8 3021-305 259 78 1.46 18.0 12.5 15.0 3022-305S 220 78 1.46
3/4 3021-306 265 78 1.44 22.0 14 0 19.0 3022-306S 209 78 1.44
7/8 - - - - 26.0 16.0 22.0 3022-307S 215 78 1.50
1 1/8 - - - - 31.0 20.0 27.0 3022-309S 215 78 1.55
1 3/8 - - - - 31.0 20.0 27.0 3022-311S 225 78 1.55
1/2 3021-414 257 92 1.94 25.0 14.5 23.0 3022-414S 216 92 1.94
1/2 3021-415 266 92 1.96 26.5 16.0 24.5 3022-415S 214 92 1.96
3/4 3021-416 272 92 2.00 29.5 17.5 25.0 3022-416S 216 92 2.00
7/8 - - - - 30.0 18 25.0 3022-417S 222 92 2.20
• Designed for use after motor burnout or mechanical failure; for clean up of the most contaminated systems.
• Activated Alumina and Carbon removes acids and waxes.
• Stainless steel mesh and a post core non-woven fine Polyester Filter provide additional filtering for the best in system protection.
• Suitable for use in either the liquid or suction lines. Best practice is to install Burnout Filter Driers in the suction line to
protect the replacement compressor.
• With POE and PAG oils, burnout driers should be removed as soon as all contaminants are absorbed from the system. This will
reduce the risk of catalytic hydrolysis and the formation of new acids.
• Safe Working Pressure 4,200 kPa (610 psi).
• Fitted with dual access ports to measure pressure drop.
Heldon
3026 Series Jumper Tube
Burnout Filter Drier with Jumper Tube

Dimensions (mm) Capacity kW
Connection Part No. Length Weight
(Inch) (Lay-In) Dia. R22 R134a R404A (kg)
A B R407C
3/8 3026-06 171 46.5 7.0 4.5 5.0 0.57
1/2 3026-08 179 46.5 7.0 4.5 5.0 0.65
• Heldon's 3026 series of Burnout Filter Driers/Jumper Tubes are specially designed for use in systems where pressure drop is critical.
• Core composition is a combination of Molecular Sieve, Activated Alumina and Activated Carbon.
• The matched copper jumper tube replaces the Burnout Filter Drier when removed from the suction line once the system has
been cleaned of contaminants.
• It is good practice tp remove the Burnout Filter Drier once clean up is complete, for all system types.
• Safe Working Pressure 3,200 kPa.
3025 Series - Solder

• Designed for a compact fit in the suction line.
• Core composition is a combination of Molecular Sieve,
Activated Alumina and Activated Carbon.
• Features dual access ports.
• Safe Working Pressure 2,500 kPa (350 psi).
Pancake Burnout Filter Drier

Dimensions (mm) Capacity kW
Length Weight
Connection Part No.
(Lay-In) Dia. R22 R134a R404A (kg)
(Inch)
A B R407C
3/8 3025-403S 104 91 17.0ww 14.0 15.0 0.90
1/2 3025-404S 106 91 17.0 14.0 15.0 0.65
5/8 3025-405S 117 91 23.0 17.5 19.5 0.65
3/4 3025-406S 106 91 23.0 17.5 19.5 0.65
7/8 3025-407S 112 91 25.0 19.0 21.0 0.70
1 1/8 3025-409S 112 91 27.0 21.0 23.0 0.70
Heldon
REPLACEABLE FILTER CORE DRIER SHELLS
Introduction
Our range of Replaceable Core Filter Drier Shells are designed
to be used in both the liquid and suction lines of refrigeration and
air-conditioning systems using fluorinated refrigerants and CO2.
Shells rated for Ammonia with steel connectors are available
upon request.
The Replaceable Core Filter Drier Shells are made from a steel
tube shell with solid copper connectors. The shells have a
corrosion resistant powder coat finish, complete with aluminium,
zinc plated steel or stainless steel end plate. The range covers
connection sizes from 7/8” to 2-1/8”. Larger sizes for suction line
duty can be made to order.
The Replaceable Filter Core Drier Shell comes with a unique filter
cup that cleans the internal wall as you remove the assembly
during service. The standard end plate is plated steel.
3017 Series
Features Benefits
1. Maximum Working Pressure = 42 bar. 1. Increased operating life in low temperature application due
to corrosion protection.
2. Designed for use in both the liquid and suction lines of 2. Ideal for HP refrigerants including CO2.
refrigerated systems employing fluorinated refrigerants
and CO2.
3. Solid copper connections (7/8” through to 2-1/8”). 3. Flexibility of application.
4. Single core through to 4 core models available. 4. Full flow connections provide easy brazing for the installer.
5. Accepts a range of 48 cu. in desiccant filter cores to 5. Large range of both Refrigeration and Drying capacities
specifically target the removal of system contaminants. available.
6. Designed for the long term usage with Pleated Suction 6. Heldon provides a total filtration management system via
Filter Elements. Perfect for supermarket installations. its comprehensive range of Replaceable Cores & Filters.
7. Incorporates a 100 mesh stainless steel strainer in the 7. Suction filter elements capture foreign particles returning
internal assembly. to the compressor before they can destroy motor winding
insulation and cause burnout.
8. The internal assembly end plate provides a unique filter cup 8. Provides secondary particulate filtration & retention.
that cleans the internal wall of the shell during its removal
for service.
9. Standardised to replace other manufacturers units and cores. 9. Creates the cleanest possible environment in which the
Filter Drier Cores can operate.
10. Powder Coated Shell. 10. Drop in replacement for other common makes and will
accept most cores.
11. Capacities from 10 kW through to 509 kW available. 11. Suitable for the harshest environments.
12. End plate options are aluminium, zinc plated steel or 12. Large range available to suit most applications.
stainless steel.
Manufacturing Standards Note larger connection sizes are available on

request, please consult with Heldon sales for further
Manufactured to AS2971, UL207 + CE
information.
Heldon
Capacities
Suction Line Refrigeration Capacity (kW)

Liquid Line Capacity (kW)
Evaporating Temperature te °C
Conn.
Size Part No. Cores -20°C -20°C 4.4°C 4.4°C
(Inch) R134a R404A R507 R22 R410A R134a R404A R22 R407C
R407C R507 R410A
7/8 3017-1401 1 124.2 89.7 86.9 128.6 132.7 9.6 12.5 36.7 36.7
7/8 3017-1402 2 116.0 83.1 80.5 119.5 122.8 9.6 12.5 37.0 37.0
7/8 3017-1403 3 116.0 83.1 80.5 119.5 122.8 10.9 14.1 41.6 41.6
7/8 3017-1404 4 116.0 83.1 80.5 119.5 122.8 13.0 16.9 49.9 49.9
1 1/8 3017-1801 1 178.8 128.6 124.5 184.7 190.0 12.9 16.7 49.2 49.2
1 1/8 3017-1802 2 178.1 128.2 124.0 183.9 189.1 14.1 18.5 54.8 54.8
1 1/8 3017-1803 3 173.3 124.7 120.8 179.1 184.2 14.1 18.2 53.8 53.8
1 1/8 3017-1804 4 173.3 124.7 120.8 179.1 184.2 16.9 21.9 64.8 64.8
1 3/8 3017-2201 1 236.8 171.5 166.1 245.6 253.5 16.0 20.7 60.1 60.1
1 3/8 3017-2202 2 241.5 174.1 168.7 249.8 257.3 19.0 24.9 73.7 73.7
1 3/8 3017-2203 3 253.4 183.1 177.4 262.4 270.5 21.4 28.6 85.7 85.7
1 3/8 3017-2204 4 263.9 192.6 186.6 275.1 284.9 23.2 30.6 90.5 90.5
1 5/8 3017-2601 1 273.7 199.8 193.6 285.4 295.7 15.1 19.6 57.0 57.0
1 5/8 3017-2602 2 298.7 216.7 210.0 310.2 320.5 21.9 28.8 85.7 85.7
1 5/8 3017-2603 3 299.3 217.2 210.4 310.8 321.1 20.2 27.0 81.1 81.1
1 5/8 3017-2604 4 309.4 225.1 218.1 321.8 332.8 26.7 35.3 105.0 105.0
2 1/8 3017-3401 1 399.6 298.2 289.2 422.6 442.2 15.5 20.1 58.2 58.2
2 1/8 3017-3402 2 419.9 307.2 297.7 438.4 454.6 21.4 28.2 83.8 83.8
2 1/8 3017-3403 3 367.1 268.1 259.8 382.9 396.7 19.1 25.5 76.5 76.5
2 1/8 3017-3404 4 429.8 311.1 301.4 445.7 459.9 26.4 34.9 103.8 103.8
Liquid Line Capacity (kW) is based upon:

Evaporating temperature of te = -15.0oC
Condensing temperature of tc = +30.0oC
Cover Plate & Gasket
Pressure Drop = 7 kPa
Spring
Retaining Plate & Nut
Suction line capacity (kW) is based upon:
Evaporating temperature of te = 4.4oC
Inner Rod Assembly
Condensing temperature of tc = +32.2oC
Spacer Plate
For other sizes and special pressures please contact Inner Rod Assembly
Heldon.
New Filter Cup
(with sealing assembly)

Heldon
Dimensions
3017 Series
Conn. Size A Dimensions (mm) Weight

Part No. Core
(Inch) B C (kg)
3017-1401 1 Core Shell 7/8 142 269 4.6
3017-1402 2 Core Shell 7/8 282 409 6.0
3017-1403 3 Core Shell 7/8 426 553 7.4
3017-1404 4 Core Shell 7/8 569 696 8.7
3017-1801 1 Core Shell 1 1/8 140 269 4.6
3017-1802 2 Core Shell 1 1/8 280 409 6.0
3017-1803 3 Core Shell 1 1/8 424 553 7.4
3017-1804 4 Core Shell 1 1/8 567 696 8.7

3017-2201 1 Core Shell 1 3/8 140 269 4.6
3017-2202 2 Core Shell 1 3/8 280 409 6.0
3017-2203 3 Core Shell 1 3/8 424 553 7.4
3017-2204 4 Core Shell 1 3/8 567 696 8.7
3017-2601 1 Core Shell 1 5/8 140 269 4.6
3017-2602 2 Core Shell 1 5/8 280 409 6.0
3017-2603 3 Core Shell 1 5/8 424 553 7.4
3017-2604 4 Core Shell 1 5/8 567 696 8.7
3017-3401 1 Core Shell 2 1/8 140 269 4.6
3017-3402 2 Core Shell 2 1/8 280 409 6.0
3017-3403 3 Core Shell 2 1/8 424 553 7.4
3017-3404 4 Core Shell 2 1/8 567 696 8.7
Accessories
Part No. Description
720-3017-01 ONE CORE - INTERNAL ASSEMBLIES incl gasket and spring
720-3017-02 TWO CORE - INTERNAL incl gasket and spring
720-3017-03 THREE CORE- INTERNAL incl gasket and spring
720-3017-04 FOUR CORE - INTERNAL incl gasket and spring
3010-ALUM-ASSY ALUMINUM END PLATE C/W 1/4" NPT PLUG and 8 bolts to suit
3053-1C GASKET SET - Suit demountable end plate & internal core seating 3010-ALUM - ASSY
3060-76C DRIER BRACKET - Demountable Shell
725-3017-1 Steel End Plate
3053 Series 720 Series 3060 Series
Heldon
DRIER CORES
Introduction
Heldon offer a complete range of 48 cu. in Drier Cores to suit many Suction Core - 100% Molecular Sieve.
brands of Replaceable Core Drier Shells. Heldon Drier Cores Targets moisture and particulate removal from the suction line
remove system contaminates and maximise the refrigeration before it can reach the compressor. Ideal for commissioning
systems performance. purposes, its unique design delivers low pressure drop with high
flow rates. Uniform porosity throughout the entire filter drier core
Together with the Suction Filter Element, Heldon delivers a total guarantees particulate filtration & retention.
filtration management system for its customers.
Suction Filter Element - Fluted Filter Type.
Ultra-Dry®: 100% Molecular Sieve.
Foreign particles destroy compressor motor winding insulation
Employing a 3A Molecular Sieve to trap and remove water
and cause burnouts. Employing a fluted design for maximum filter
molecules, these cores deliver maximum moisture removal.
surface area, particulates down to 10 Microns (Filter Beta Rating
Suitable for traditional and modern refrigerants using mineral or
= 10: in accordance with ISO 4548-12) are safely removed from
synthetic oils. This includes R717 and the HP refrigerants R410A
the system. The Suction Filter delivers maximum compressor
and CO2. Use these cores to safely remove moisture before acids
protection with the lowest possible pressure drop. By installing a
can be formed.
Heldon Suction Filter Element you are providing the compressor
Standard: 80% Molecular Sieve & 20% Activated Alumina. with the particulate protection it needs to prevent breakdowns
A blend of Molecular Sieve and Activated Alumina for high caused by a contaminated system.
performance moisture and contaminant removal. The Activated
Alumina chemically attracts acids that may be present in the
system. Thorough low micron filtration effectively captures 3050-1
particles before they can do damage. 3052-2
Burn-out: 48% Activated Alumina, 45% Molecular Sieves & 5%

Activated Carbon.
For clean up after burn-outs and for highly contaminated systems
with moisture, acid, sludge and particulate issues. The Activated
Carbon cleans the system of deposits that contribute to the
breakdown of refrigerant and oils, actively prevents contaminants
from causing premature failure of the replacement compressor.
3049-1 3051-1
Part No. Description Suitability Interchangeable with Material
ULTRA-DRY® CORE
3050-1 Ideal for POE Oil Z-48, VS-48XH, RCW-48 & UK-48 100% MS
High Moisture Absorption
STANDARD CORE PCK-48, 48DN, VS48H, RC-4864
3049-1 Not recommended for POE Oil 80%/20% MS/AL
Moisture & Acid Absorption & D48
Not recommended for long
BURN-OUT CORE PCK-48HH, 48DA, RC-4864-
3051-1 term use particulary with POE 48%/AC/47% MS/5%/AL
Complete clean-up HH,W-48 & VS-48SC
Oil. Replace after use.
SUCTION LINE CORE

3050-32 Ideal for POE Oil RPE48BD 100% MS
Low pressure drop, high flow rate
HIGH CAPACITY CORE

3050-100 Ideal for POE Oil H-100, VS-100H, PCK-100 100% MS
Suit 150mm Shells
FILTER ELEMENT RPE48BD, F48R, VS48F, PFE-48BF,
3052-2 Filter Element
Low Pressure Drop 48-F
Heldon
Capacity Tables
Liquid Line
Drying Capacity (grams/kg of refrigerant), Water drops = grams x 20
Evaporating Temperature te oC
Heldon Cores
R134a R407C
Part No. R404A
R507 R410A
24°C 52°C 24°C 52°C 24°C 52°C
3050-1 1 83.5 79.5 123.0 76.0 84.0 72.0
3049-1 1 73.0 69.5 117.0 63.0 71.5 61.0
Dring capacity is based on the following moisture contents before and after drying:
R134a: From 1050 ppm W to 75 ppm W. If the refrigerant is to be dried to 50 ppm W,
reduce the stated capacities by 15%.
R404A, R407C, R507: From 1020 ppm W to 30 ppm W.
R410A: From 1050 ppm W to 60 ppm W.
Capacities calculated in accordance with ARI 710-86.
Suction Line
Drying Capacity (grams/kg of refrigerant), Water drops = grams x 20
Evaporating Temperature te oC
Heldon
Cores R134a R407C
Part No.
R507 R404A R22 R410A
-30°C -20°C 4.4°C -40°C -20°C 4.4°C -40°C -20°C 4.4°C -40°C -20°C 4.4°C
3051-1 1 46.0 39.0 27.0 47.0 31.0 19.0 29.0 20.0 13.0 43.0.0 35.0 35.0
Drying Capacity is expressed as follows:

R22: EDP = 10 ppm W, corresponding to a dew point temperature of -50 °C
R134a EDP = 50 ppm W, corresponding to a dew point temperature of -37 °C
R404A EDP = 10 ppm W, corresponding to a dew point temperature of -40 °C
R407C EDP = 10 ppm W, corresponding to a dew point temperature of -40 °C
EDP = Equilibrium Dryness Point.
Heldon
STRAINERS
Introduction
Heldon offers both the "Y" Type and In-line Strainer that allows for cleaning
of the strainer element without the need to replace the whole strainer. These
are suitable for refrigerants and liquids offering protection to compressors,
pumps, meters, valves and similar mechanical equipment.
Installation of a strainer before any mechanical equipment will ensure

trouble free service and avoid the costly shutdowns, repairs or replacement
often caused by the introduction of foreign particles into the system. 91 Series
The “Y” Type;

The 80 mesh filter can be removed and cleaned with solvent and
compressed air. Y strainers can be installed in the horizontal or vertical
position as long as the filter mesh is accessible. The Strainer can be
removed for cleaning without the need to cut from the system.
In-line;
Heldon manufacture brass in-line strainers for capillary systems and
feature an accessible, cleanable 100 mesh strainer. 90 Series
Dimensions 91 Series
A B C D
Part No. Connection Mesh Size
(ID) (mm) (mm) (mm)
91-18 1 1/8 ID 28.6 297 196 63.5 80
91-22 1 3/8 ID 35.0 298 196 63.5 80
91-26 1 5/8 ID 41.3 288 196 63.5 80
91-STRAINER Filter Elements to suit Y-Strainer
90 Series
B C
Part No. Connection Mesh Size
(mm) (mm)
90-0496 1/4 MSAE 111 140 100
90-0680 3/8 MSAE 126 164 100
90-0896 1/2 MSAE 155 200 100
90-1096 5/8 MSAE 150 195 100
Manufactured in accordance with AS 2971 & AS 1677
Safe Working Pressure: 3,200 kPa (steel) & 4,200 kPa (brass)
91 Series
Heldon
PACKLESS LINE VALVES
Introduction
Heldon packless line valves (Diaphragm Valves) are used to
isolate an individual line, component or part of a refrigeration or
air conditioning system. They are engineered to offer both long
life and precise sealing, making them the ideal choice as a long
term positive isolation valve.
Heldon packless line valves feature a forged brass body with

maximised port sizes for greater flow and lower pressure drop.
Stainless steel diaphragms separate the stem from the seat
ensuring the valve’s longevity and preventing leakage during the
life of the valve. The valve seat is made from a polyamide nylon
Heavy Duty
ensuring a complete shut off with minimal pressure applied.
Suitable for all fluorinated refrigerants they are available in

two distinct designs. Blue line for medium duty, and Heldon for
applications that require high usage and greater flow rate as well
as being fully serviceable. Service kits are available as a standard
part for the Heldon valves.
Heldon also manufacture a three way version of the heavy duty

valve where the branch has the ability to be isolated from the line
without interrupting the line flow.
Standard Blue Line
Features Benefits
1. Designed for maximum flow and minimal pressure drop. 1. Negligible loss in system efficiency.
2. Solid copper extended connectors. 2. Easier installation without the need for flux.
3. Three stainless steel diaphragms. 3. Accurate sealing and extended life.
4. Integral mounting bracket. 4. Easy installation.
5. Safe Working Pressure of 4,200 kPa (R410A compatible). 5. Compatible with all fluorinated refrigerants and oils.
6. Polyamide nylon valve spindle seat. 6. Complete shut off with minimal torque.
7. Available in two versions, Standard (Brass and Plastic 7. Cost effective options.
handles) and Heavy duty (Brass handle only).
Manufactured in accordance with AS/NZS 1677.2
Heldon
Heldon
Heldon Packless Line Valves - Male SAE
Dimensions (mm) Kv Weight
Conn. Size Part No.
A B C (m3/Hr) (kg)
1/4 2100-0404 75 78 51 0.26 0.47
3/8 2100-0606 76 79 51 0.90 0.48
1/2 2100-0808 90 98 54 1.98 0.70
5/8 2100-1010 90 97 54 2.80 0.70
3/4 2100-1212 119 121 64 4.75 1.195
2100 Series
Heldon Packless Line Valves - Solder/Extension

Conn. Size Part No.
A B C (m3/Hr) (kg)
1/4 2111-0404 75 112 51 0.26 0.479
3/8 2111-0606 75 132 51 0.90 0.479
1/2 2111-0808 89 180 54 1.98 0.737
5/8 2111-1010 89 171 54 2.80 0.742
3/4 2111-1212 92 199 54 4.75 0.770
7/8 2111-1414 107 285 64 5.00 1.360 2111 Series
Heldon Three-Way Packless Line valve - Male SAE

Conn. Size Part No.
A B C (m3/Hr) (kg)
1/4 2120-040404 89 88 41 0.26 0.540
3/8 2120-060606 89 88 40 0.90 0.650
1/2 2120-080808 89 104 41 1.98 0.970
5/8 2120-101010 86 104 40 2.80 1.020
2120 Series
Blue Line Packless Line Valves “B Series” (Plastic Handle) - Male SAE
Conn. Size Part No.
A B C (m3/Hr) (kg)
1/4 2100B-0404 60 58 37 0.25 0.225
3/8 2100B-0606 68 70 41 0.80 0.285
1/2 2100B-0808 68 72 41 1.50 0.298
5/8 2100B-1010 68 78 41 2.20 0.324
3/4 2100B-1212 80 97 50 2.90 0.398
2100B Series
Blue Line Packless Line Valve - Solder/Extension

Conn. Size Part No.
A B C (m3/Hr) (kg)
1/4 2111B-0404 60 120 35 0.25 0.497
3/8 2111B-0606 68 130 38 0.80 0.471
1/2 2111B-0808 68 140 38 1.50 0.737
5/8 2111B-1010 68 158 38 2.20 0.737
3/4 2111B-1212 80 178 50 2.90 0.737
2111B Series
Heldon
PACKED CAPPED VALVES
Introduction
Heldon packed capped valves are used to isolate individual and makes Heldon's packed capped line valves ideal in modern,
components or part of a refrigeration or air-conditioning system. efficient refrigeration and air-conditioning systems.
They are designed to streamline flow leading to an extremely low
pressure drop across the valve. The body design incorporates Suitable for all fluorinated refrigerants they are available in two
large volume areas leading on to and off the seat to enable the designs, Straight or Right Angle, for applications that require
refrigerant velocity to reduce while changing in direction. This high usage, high flow rate and to be fully serviceability.
design feature minimises turbulence, reduces pressure drop
2090 Series
Features Benefits
2. Strong high tensile brass body. 2. Stable platform when mounted in a system.
3. Precision stainless steel stem. 3. Accurate sealing and extended life.
4. Safe Working Pressure of 4,200 kPa (R410A compatible). 4. Compatible with all fluorinated refrigerants and oils.
5. Polyamide nylon seat disc. 5. Complete shut off with minimal torque. Cost effective options.
Packed Capped Valves - Angle (2090 Series)

The bodies are cast high tensile brass and have a
unique spindle/valve seat mechanism that is easily
removed and fully serviceable. The stainless steel
spindle is sealed with gland rubber and the seat disc
is made from a polyamide nylon ensuring a complete
shut off with minimal pressure applied.

2090 Series

Conn. Size I.D. Dimensions (mm) Kv Weight
Part No.
(Inch) A B C (m3/Hr) (kg)
7/8 2090-1414 160 47 47 12.78 1.30
1-1/8 2090-1818 160 51 51 13.67 1.30
1-3/8 2090-2222 195 55 55 25.98 2.350
1-5/8 2090-2626 195 60 60 31.50 2.350
Heldon
Packed Capped Valves – Straight (203 Series)
203 Series

Conn. Size I.D. Henry Dimensions (mm) Kv MWP Weight
(Inch) Part No. A B C D (m3/Hr) (barg) (kg)
7/8 2030-AA 143 108 25 19 4.58 31.0 1.36
1-1/8 2030-BA 149 124 29 24 6.40 31.0 2.13
1-3/8 2031 222 137 32 25 9.34 31.0 3.34
1-5/8 2032 252 165 38 29 11.50 31.0 4.73
2-1/8 2033 270 216 51 38 19.03 31.0 7.59
2-5/8 2034 303 279 58 43 31.40 31.0 12.78
3-1/8 2035 337 305 67 44 44.98 31.0 20.00
203 Series
Features Benefits
1. Valve Body & Bonnet made from bronze and brass 1. Quality and long life.
respectively.
2. Stainless steel stem. 2. Precision operation.
3. PTFE seat seal material. 3. Excellent sealing characteristics.
4. Graphite compound packing gland. 4. Leak proof.
5. Safe Working Pressure of 3,100 kPa. 5. Compatible with modern refrigerants (excluding R410A).
Installation
Packed Capped Valves must be protected from heat damage Cross Reference Table:
during installation. Full instructions are given in the product Heldon 2094 Series vs Henry Part Numbers
instruction sheet which is included with each valve.
Heldon Part No. Henry Part No.
2094-1414 2030-AA
2094-1818 2030-BA
2094-2222 2031
2094-2626 2032
2094-3434 2033
2094-4242 2034
Heldon
CAPPED LINE VALVES
Introduction
2220 Series
Heldon Capped Line Valves are designed and manufactured for a
multitude of uses in refrigeration and air-conditioning systems.
These forged brass valves provide easy accessibility, serviceability
and isolation. Most of this range has been manufactured by Heldon
for over 50 years and have a reputation second to none in pressure
critical environments.
The valves use a forged brass body with polished stainless steel
spindle. The gland sealing utilises the double O-Ring seal on
selected models or Teflon gland rings as standard. The double 2201 Series
O-Ring style is fully serviceable.
2227 Series
Suitable for all fluorinated refrigerants they are available in a
number of configurations to suit most applications including
right angle, (offset) straight through, with or without mounting
foot and back seating. 2225 Series
2235 Series
2252 Series
Features Benefits
2. Strong forged brass or solid brass body. 2. Stable platform when mounted in a system.
3. Precision ground and polished stainless steel stem. 3. Accurate sealing and extended life.
4. Integral foot mount mounting bracket. 4. Easy intallation.
5. Available in a multitude of configurations. 5. Suit most applications.
6. Safe Working Pressure of 4,200 kPa (R410A compatible). 6. Compatible with all fluroinated refrigerants and oils.
7. Stainless steel stem on swivel models. 7. Stronger and less susceptible to fatique failure.
Heldon
Dimensions
(Angle) Male SAE Side to Male BSP Bottom
Dimensions (mm) Weight
Part No. Description 2201 Series
A B C (kg)
2201-0404 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 MBSP 86 30 30 0.17
2201-0406 1/4 MSAE x 3/8 MBSP 86 30 30 0.17
2201-0408 1/4 MSAE x 1/2 MBSP 104 35 34 0.30
2201-0604 3/8 MSAE x 1/4 MBSP 86 30 30 0.18
2201-0606 3/8 MSAE x 3/8 MBSP 86 30 30 0.18
2201-0608 3/8 MSAE x 1/2 MBSP 104 35 37 0.31
2201-0806 1/2 MSAE x 3/8 MBSP 104 35 35 0.30
2201-0808 1/2 MSAE x 1/2 MBSP 104 35 35 0.31
2201-1008 5/8 MSAE x 1/2 MBSP 104 35 35 0.31
2201-1012 5/8 MSAE x 3/4 MBSP 122 43 39 0.41 2202 Series
2201-1208 3/4 MSAE x 1/2 MBSP 122 43 39 0.42
Male SAE Side to Male Taper NPT Bottom

A B C (kg)
2202-0406 1/4 MSAE x 3/8 MNPT 80 28 27 0.13
2202-0606 3/8 MSAE x 3/8 MNPT 80 28 29 0.18
2210 Series
Male Taper BSP Side to Male SAE Bottom

A B C (kg)
2210-0808 1/2 MBSP x 1/2 MSAE 104 35 35 0.31
In-line Foot Mount - Male SAE Flare 2220 Series

A B C (kg)
2220-0404 1/4 MSAE 80 25 16 0.20
2220-0606 3/8 MSAE 100 35 17 0.37
2220-0808 1/2 MSAE 102 35 19 0.38
2220-1010 5/8 MSAE 116 40 20 0.50
2227 Series
Male SAE Flare to Female Solder
A B C (kg)
2227-0404A1 1/4 ID (lwr port) x 1/4 MSAE 80 25 16 0.19
2227-0606A1 3/8 ID (lwr port) x 3/8 MSAE 100 34 16 0.37
Heldon
Dimensions
2230 Series
A B C (kg)
2230-0404 1/4 ID 80 25 18 0.19
2230-0606 3/8 ID 101 34 18 0.34
2230-0808 1/2 ID 100 34 18 0.33
2230-1010 5/8 ID 116 42 22 0.44
2230-1212 3/4 ID 116 42 22 0.46
2225 Series
In Line Foot Mount with Access (Front and Back seats) - Male SAE Flare

A B C D (kg)
2225-0606 3/8 MSAE 110 44 18 55 0.29
2225-0808 1/2 MSAE 114 44 18 54 0.30
2225-1010 5/8 MSAE 114 44 18 54 0.31
2235 Series
Female Solder - Foot Mount
A B C D (kg)
2235-0606 3/8 ID 110 44 18 55 0.29
2235-0808C 1/2 ID 114 44 18 54 0.30
2235-1010C 5/8 ID 114 44 18 54 0.31
2254 Series
Female Solder - Threaded Base
A B C D (kg)
1/4 ID x 1/4 MSAE - Hex

2254-0404 110 41 22 52 0.20
Base Mount c/w Access
3/8 ID x 3/8 MSAE - Hex
2254-0606 110 41 22 52 0.22
Base Mount c/w Access
Service Valve Kit

Weight
Part No. Parts To Suit
(kg)
2201-04-KIT 22XX-0404 / 0406 / 0604 / 0606 0.07
2201-06-KIT 22XX-0408 / 0608 / 0808 / 1008 0.11
2201-10-KIT 22XX-1012 / 1212 0.13
2201 KIT Series
Heldon
SERVICE VALVES
Introduction
Service valves are used in refrigeration and air-conditioning
systems to allow manufacturers to seal a pre-charge inside
prefabricated units for shipping. They also aid in the safe servicing
of installed units.
Heldon Service Valves offer optimum flow characteristic and

positive shut off for both front and backseat. The Heldon range
are specially engineered to maximise the body chamber and
optimise flow while minimising intrusion of the seat and stem
mechanism in the back seat position, there by reducing pressure
drop.
The brass bodies are forged or machined with copper extensions

and all valves feature an isolatable access port. Available in a
straight through offset square body version that has a tapped
base for mounting and a right angle flange mount. These valves
can be made to order in special configurations based on quantity.
Heldon's range of cast iron service/compressor valves offer

complete isolation and high flow rates.
Features Benefits
1. Designed for maximum flow and minimal pressure drop. 1. Negligible loss in system efficiency
2. Strong forged brass or cast iron body 2. Stable platform when mounted in a system
3. Integral mounting bracket 3. Easy installation as a flange or foot mount
4. Available as made to order for OEM’s 4. Suit most applications
5. Safe Working Pressure in excess of 4,200 kPa (R410A compatible) 5. Compatible will all fluorinated refrigerants and Oils
6. Complete with flange, bolts and brass spigot and gasket 6. Complete kit for easy installation
Heldon
Square Body Service Valve - Solder
A/C OEM Service Valve (copper ext) - Male to Access Valve

Part No. Connection
A B C (kg)
2240-0404 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 SWEAT x SCHR 96 72 72 0.11 2240 Series
2240-0406 1/4 MSAE x 3/8 SWEAT x NO SCHR 96 72 72 0.14
2240-0606 3/8 MSAE x 3/8 SWEAT x SCHR 67 45 45 0.14
2240-0606-410A 3/8 MSAE x 3/8 SWEAT x SCHR-410A 67 39 39 0.13
2240-0606E 3/8 MSAE x 3/8 ID Angle x SCHR x Alu. Cap 75 30 50 0.15
Brass Service Valve Caps with Copper Washer

Weight
Part No. Parts to Suit
(kg)
760-0404 1/4” Valve 0.07
760-0608 3/8” & 1/2” Valve 0.08
760-1012 5/8” & 3/4” Valve 0.09
760 Series
Blue Plastic Service Valve Caps To Suit Full Flow Rotalock Valves
Weight
(kg)
760-2605-20 Rotalock valve plastic cap 20 x 1.5 - small 0.01
760-2605-30 Rotalock valve plastic cap 22 x 1.5 - medium 0.01
760 Series
760-2605-35 Rotalock valve plastic cap 24 x 2.0 - large 0.02
Cast Iron Service Valve - Four Bolt Flange Mount (c/w Flange)
Weight
Part No. Connection
(kg)
2242-7026 1-5/8" Outlet complete with flange, bush, gasket & screws 3.64
2242-8034 2-1/8" Outlet complete with flange, bush, gasket & screws 6.87
2242-9042 2-5/8" Outlet complete with flange, bush, gasket & screws 8.30 2242 Series
Flange Gasket
Weight
Part No. Parts To Suit
(kg)
700-002-005 Flange Gasket to suit 2242-7026 Cast Iron Comp. Valve 1-5/8 ID 0.01
Flange Gasket to suit 2242-8034 Cast Iron Comp. Valve 2-1/8 ID 700 Series
0.01
700-022-005 Flange Gasket to suit 2242-9042 Cast Iron Comp. Valve 2-5/8 ID
Heldon
BALL VALVES
Introduction
Ball valves are used in a wide variety of air conditioning
and refrigeration applications. They can be used for both
liquid and gas applications. Ball valves are commonly used
for isolating purposes. All ball valves are suitable for HCFC
and HFC refrigerants, along with their associated oils. The
SWP of these valves allows them to be used for R410A and
sub-critical CO2 applications.
Features Benefits
1. Bi-directional flow. 1. May be installed in any position.
2. Mounting pad for easy installation. 2. Can be mounted securely preventing undue stress on the
connecting pipe work.
3. Extended copper tails. 3. Allows for quick and easy installation.
4. Indicator on stem shows valve position – open or closed. 4. At a glance the valves position can be determined when cap is removed.
5. Fully opened or closed with a quarter turn of the valve stem. 5. Quick & simple operation gives the operator full control.
6. Positive stem stop ensures precise positioning in the open or 6. Ensures the valve is in the position it is meant to be in – open
closed position. or closed.
7. Blow-out proof stem design. 7. Cannot blow out under pressure due to its design.
8. Double stem seal. 8. Double O-Ring stem seal provides a greater sealing surface.
9. Ball cavity vented to prevent over-pressure. 9. Provides equalisation of pressure surrounding ball to ensure
smooth easy action. Allows for liquid expansion.
10. Schrader valve options: 1/4” or 5/16” Schrader Valves 10. Allow access to system pressure measurement.
available.
11. Integral Schrader access fitting on brass body. 11. Positioned on the main body there is less chance of damage
to the valve during installation.
12. Full flow port design on Valves 3/8” to 3-1/8”. 12. Full Flow means minimal pressure drop across the range of
valves on offer.
13. Body is hermetically sealed. 13. A streamlined design that is fully rated to 48 bar.
14. Hexagonal seal cap with eyelet included. 14. Seal cap can be safely secured to valve body. The Neoprene
seal in the cap is the final defence in the Henry Triple Stem Seal
design.
15. Helium tested to a maximum of 4.69 E-7 cm3/sec. 15. The smaller Helium molecule enables detection of minute leaks
that may not be detected by other leak testing methods.
Materials of Construction Installation – Main Issues

The valve body, valve body adaptor, and seal cap are made from The valve body must be protected against excessive heat during
brass. The stem is made from stainess steel. The pipe extensions installation, to prevent damage to the seals. Full instructions are
are made from copper. The ball seals are made from virgin PTFE, given in the Product Instruction Sheet, included with each valve.
stem O-rings and cap seal from neoprene. The
ball is made from electro-plated brass.
Technical Specification Sealing Integrity Features

Allowable Operating Temperature = -40°C to +150°C • Premium quality PTFE ball seals.
Allowable Operating Pressure = 0 to 4,800 kPag (0 to 700 psig) • Double O-ring stem seal design.
• Premium quality neoprene stem O-ring seals Neoprene cap
NEW HIGH PRESSURE RANGE AVAILABLE. seal (on new line).
SAFE WORKING PRESSURE = 5,300 kPa
www.heldon.com.au 29 29
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacity
6&+5$'(5

937 Series
1/4" Schrader Access Port Fitted

Dimensions (mm) Ball Port
Kv Weight
Part No. Conn. Size ID Mounting Hole Size Diameter
A B C (m3/hr)** (kg)
(Inch) (Inch)
937203 3/8 165 54 8 #8 -36 UNF 1/2 3.7 0.33
937204 1/2 165 54 10 #8 -36 UNF 1/2 6.0 0.33
937205 5/8 165 54 13 #8 -36 UNF 1/2 12.0 0.33
937306 3/4 184 67 16 #8 -36 UNF 3/4 18.1 0.62
937307 7/8 184 67 19 #8 -36 UNF 3/4 26.1 0.64
937409 1-1/8 216 76 23 #10 - 32 UNF 1 52.9 0.95
937511 1-3/8 235 94 25 #10 - 32 UNF 1-1/4 73.5 1.52
937613 1-5/8 254 109 28 1/4 - 28 UNF 1-1/2 182.8 2.44
937617 2-1/8 289 132 34 1/4 - 28 UNF 2 245.7 4.58
937721* 2-5/8 327 132 37 1/4 - 28 UNF 2 205.2 5.04
937721FP 2-5/8 365 154 37 1/4 - 28 UNF 2-1/2 259.5 8.73
937825FP 3-1/8 420 178 43 5/16-24 UNF 3-1/8 362.1 18.20
* Reduced Port
** Kv rating @ 1 bar pressure drop across valve
Heldon

907 Series
No Access Port Fitted

Mounting Kv Weight
Part No. Conn. Size ID Diameter
A B C Hole Size (m3/hr)** (kg)
(Inch) (Inch)
907203 3/8 165 54 8 #8 -36 UNF 1/2 3.7 0.33
907204 1/2 165 54 10 #8 -36 UNF 1/2 6.0 0.33
907205 5/8 165 54 13 #8 -36 UNF 1/2 12.0 0.33
907306 3/4 184 67 16 #8 -36 UNF 3/4 18.1 0.62
907307 7/8 184 67 19 #8 -36 UNF 3/4 26.1 0.64
907409 1-1/8 216 76 23 #10 - 32 UNF 1 52.9 0.95
907511 1-3/8 235 94 25 #10 - 32 UNF 1-1/4 73.5 1.52
907613 1-5/8 254 109 28 1/4 - 28 UNF 1-1/2 182.8 2.44
907617 2-1/8 289 132 34 1/4 - 28 UNF 2 245.7 4.58
907721* 2-5/8 327 132 37 1/4 - 28 UNF 2 205.2 5.04
907721FP 2-5/8 365 154 37 1/4-28 UNF 2-1/2 259.5 8.73
907825FP 3-1/8 420 178 43 5/16-24UNF 3-1/8 362.1 18.20
* Reduced Port
** Kv rating @ 1 bar pressure drop across valve.
6&+5$'(5

947 Series
5/16” Schrader Access Port Fitted

Conn. Size ID Mounting Kv Weight
Part No. Diameter
(Inch) A B C Hole Size (m3/hr)** (kg)
(Inch)
947203 3/8 165 54 8 #8 -36 UNF 1/2 3.7 0.33
947204 1/2 165 54 10 #8 -36 UNF 1/2 6.0 0.33
947205 5/8 165 54 13 #8 -36 UNF 1/2 12.0 0.33
947306 3/4 184 67 16 #8 -36 UNF 3/4 18.1 0.62
947307 7/8 184 67 19 #8 -36 UNF 3/4 26.1 0.64
947409 1-1/8 216 76 23 #10 - 32 UNF 1 52.9 0.95
947511 1-3/8 235 94 25 #10 - 32 UNF 1-1/4 73.5 1.52
** Kv rating @ 1 bar pressure drop across valve.
Heldon
Cross Reference Table: Henry Vs Heldon
With Access Port
Ball Port Lay-in Lay-in
Conn. Size ID Heldon Length Weight Henry Length Weight
Diameter Length Length
(Inch) Part No. (mm) (kg) Part No. (mm) (kg)
(Inch) (mm) (mm)
1/4 1/2 - - - - 937202 165 149 0.33
3/8 1/2 2352-0606 140 124 0.31 937203 165 149 0.33
1/2 1/2 2352-0808 161 141 0.31 937204 165 146 0.33
5/8 1/2 2352-1010 161 135 0.31 937205 165 140 0.33
3/4 3/4 2352-1212 189 157 0.52 937306 184 153 0.62
7/8 3/4 2352-1414 189 151 0.69 937307 184 146 0.64
1-1/8 1 2352-1818 214 168 1.32 937409 216 170 0.95
1-3/8 1-1/4 2352-2222 254 204 1.58 937511 235 186 1.52
1-5/8 1-1/2 2352-2626 279 223 2.28 937613 254 199 2.44
2-1/8 2 2352-3434 305 237 3.90 937617 289 221 4.58
2-5/8* 2 2352-4242 305 231 4.17 937721 327 253 5.04
2-5/8 2-7/16 2352-4242FP 343 269 6.08 937721FP 365 291 8.73
3-1/8 3 2352-5050FP 406 322 9.67 937825FP 420 334 14.7
*Reduced Port
No Access Port
Ball Port Lay-in Lay-in
Conn. Size ID Heldon Part Length Weight Henry Length Weight
Diameter Length Length
(Inch) No. (mm) (kg) Part No (mm) (kg)
(Inch) (mm) (mm)
1/4 1/2 n/a 138 122 n/a 907202 165 149 0.33
3/8 1/2 2302-0606 140 124 0.31 907203 165 149 0.33
1/2 1/2 2302-0808 161 141 0.31 907204 165 146 0.33
5/8 1/2 2302-1010 161 135 0.31 907205 165 140 0.33
3/4 3/4 2302-1212 189 157 0.52 907306 184 153 0.62
7/8 3/4 2302-1414 189 151 0.69 907307 184 146 0.64
1-1/8 1 2302-1818 214 168 1.32 907409 216 170 0.95
1-3/8 1-1/4 2302-2222 254 204 1.58 907511 235 186 1.52
1-5/8 1-1/2 2302-2626 279 223 2.28 907613 254 199 2.44
2-1/8 2 2302-3434 305 237 3.90 907617 289 221 4.58
2-5/8* 2 2302-4242 305 231 4.17 907721 327 253 5.04
2-5/8 2-7/16 2302-4242FP 343 269 6.08 907721FP 365 275 8.43
3-1/8 3 2302-5050FP 406 322 9.67 907825FP 420 334 14.7
*Reduced Port
Heldon
3 IN 1 BALL VALVE
937XXXSG Series
Introduction
Introducing, the Henry 3 in 1 ball valve.
It's a ball valve, sight glass and moisture indicator all in one.
All the features that you would expect from a Henry Ball Valve
plus more.
Features Benefits
1. Ball valve, sight glass and moisture indicator all-in-one. 1. Less brazed joints and smaller lay-in length required.
2. Large clear sight glass. 2. Provides quick & easy visual check of the refrigerant charge.
3. Positive colour contrast moisture indicator. 3. Easy diagnosis of the condition of the refrigerant charge
(wet/dry).
4. Bi –directional flow. 4. May be installed in any position.
5. Mounting pad for easy installation. 5. Can be mounted securely preventing undue stress on the
connecting pipe work.
6. Indicator on stem shows valve position – open or closed. 6. At a glance the postion of the valve spindle is easily identified.
7. Fully opened or closed with a quarter turn of the valve stem. 7. Quick & simple operation gives the operator full control.
8. Blow-out proof stem design. 8. Cannot blow out under pressure due to its unique design.
9. Double stem seal. 9. Double O-Ring stem seal provides a greater sealing surface.
10. Ball cavity vented to prevent over-pressure. 10. Provides equalisation of pressure surrounding ball to
ensure smooth easy action.
11. 1/4” Schrader valve fitted standard, 5/16" Schrader valve 11. Allow access to system pressure measurement.
available on selected models.
12. Full flow port design on entire range (unless specified). 12. Full flow means minimal pressure drop across the range of
valves on offer.
13. Body is hermetically sealed. 13. A streamlined design that is fully rated to 48 bar.
Technical Specifications
Allowable Operating Temperature = -40°C to 120°C The brass body must be protected against excessive heat
Allowable Operating Pressure = 0 to 4,800 kPag, (0 to 700 psig) during installation to prevent damage to the seals. Full details
are provided in the installation sheet, included with each valve.
Suitable for use with HFC , HCFC and R744 refrigerants along
with their associated oils.
Heldon
Schrader Valve Conn. Size Dimensions (mm)

Mounting Hole Port Size MWP Weight
Part No. I.D
A B C D Size (mm) (kPag) (kg)
(Inch)
937202SG 1/4 185 16 55 8 #8-36 UNF-2B 12.70 4800 0.42
937203SG 3/8 185 16 55 8 #8-36 UNF-2B 12.70 4800 0.42
937204SG 1/2 185 16 55 10 #8-36 UNF-2B 12.70 4800 0.42
937205SG 5/8 185 16 55 13 #8-36 UNF-2B 12.70 4800 0.42
937306SG 3/4 211 21 67 19 #8-36 UNF-2B 19.05 4800 0.80
937307SG 7/8 211 21 67 20 #8-36 UNF-2B 19.05 4800 0.80
937409SG 1 1/8 237 26 76 24 #10-32 UNF-2B 25.40 4800 1.20
B A L L VA LV E S W I T H S I G H T G L A S S &
M O I S T U R E I N D I C AT O R
Moisture Content vs Colour Change

Moisture content (parts per million)
Refrigerant Temp (oC) Indicator colour
Dry (Green) Caution (Light Green) Wet (Yellow)
24 below 20 20-100 above 100
R404A 38 below 35 35-130 above 130
52 below 45 45-200 above 200
24 below 20 20-100 above 100
R410A 38 below 30 30-120 above 120
52 below 50 50-150 above 150
24 below 30 30-90 above 90
R134a 38 below 50 50-120 above 120
52 below 70 70-150 above 150
24 below 20 20-85 above 85
R22 38 below 30 30-90 above 90
52 below 45 45-110 above 110
Heldon
FULL FLOW ROTALOCK VALVES
Introduction
Rotalock Valves are widely used throughout the refrigeration and
air-conditioning industry as a convenient removable connection point
and service valve typically fitted to compressors and pressure vessels.
The Rotalock connection consists of male and female components

that when joined compress a sacrificial Teflon washer. By
compressing the Teflon washer a seal is created that can maintain
its intregrity with large changes in temperature and constant
vibration.
296 Series
Henry Technologies have taken these valves to a new level with 293 Series
the introduction of their Full Flow Rotalock design. This Patented
design incorporates a number of unique features to benefit the
user including a recessed polished steel spindle that allows for
an uninterrupted flow through the valve when in the fully back
seated position. Flow tests confirm that Full Flow Rotalock valves
are up to 50% more efficient than the traditional type Rotalock
valves on the market today.
Available in a range of styles and connection sizes, these are the

valves your system needs to deliver maximum capacity and efficiency.
2605 Series
Features Benefits
1. Polished steel spindle withTeflon gland seal. 1. Increased service life and less torque required when closing.
2. Seat surfaces are copper. 2. Provides a superior seal with less sealing torque.
3. Copper line connection. 3. Requires only low silver content solder with less heat for an
improved leak proof joint.
4. Optimum flow due to recessed spindle (back seat position). 4. Delivers minimal pressure drop & improved system
efficiency.
5. Zinc Blue Passivated coating (Salt spray tested to 300 hours). 5. Corrosion resistance superior to Nickel plating.
6. Dual ¼ MSAE access ports. 6. Dual access ports accept Schrader cores to provide
improved service flexibility.
7. Safe Working Pressure: 4,200 kPa. 7. R410A compatible.
8. Suitable for all fluorinated refrigerants and oils. 8. Ideal for today’s Refrigeration systems.
Heldon
Dimensions
"
17 17
Rotalock Service Valve with Dual Access
Connection ID Rotalock Or Vessel Dimensions (mm)

Weight
Part No. Solder Conn. & RL Thread
A B C D (±2) E F G H (kg)
(Inch) (Inch)
2605-061220 3/8 3/4-16 UNF 10 13 16 103 25 25 13 20 0.22

2605-061620 3/8 1-14 UN 10 13 16 103 25 25 13 20 0.24
2605-081220 1/2 3/4-16 UNF 13 13 13 103 25 25 13 20 0.22
2605-081620 1/2 1-14 UN 13 13 13 103 25 25 13 20 0.24
2605-101620 5/8 1-14 UN 14 20 18 110 33 25 13 20 0.24
2605-102030 5/8 1-1/4-12 UNF 14 23 26 137 39 34 18 28 0.45
2605-122030 3/4 1-1/4-12 UNF 20 32.5 30 147 50 34 18 28 0.46
2605-142030 7/8 1-1/4-12 UNF 24 32.5 26 147 50 34 18 28 0.46
2605-142830 7/8 1-3/4-12 UN 24 32.5 26 147 50 34 18 28 0.52
2605-182030 1-1/8 1-1/4-12 UNF 28 39.5 29 154 57 34 18 28 0.48
2605-182835 1-1/8 1-3/4-12 UN 23 30 27 173 50 39 20 30 0.47
2605-222835 1-3/8 1-3/4-12 UN 25 37 32 180 57 39 20 30 0.70
2605-262835 1-5/8 1-3/4-12 UN 28 45 37 188 65 39 20 30 0.75
2605 Series
Heldon
Dimensions
292 Series
Straight Adapter Female Solder to Female Rotalock Nut

Dimensions (mm)
Rotalock Or Vessel Nominal
Part No. Connection ID Solder RL & Solder Connector
Conn. & RL Thread Weight
Solder (Inch) Depth Base RL Nut A/F Nut A/F
(Inch) (kg)
B (±1) C (±1) D E
292-0816 1/2 1-14 UN 13 22 30 21 0.09
292-1016 5/8 1-14 UN 14 27 30 21 0.09
292-1020 5/8 1-1/4-12 UNF 14 32 36 29 0.14
292-1220 3/4 1-1/4-12 UNF 20 37 36 29 0.17
292-1420 7/8 1-1/4-12 UNF 24 33 36 29 0.18
292-1820 1-1/8 1-1/4-12 UNF 28 36 36 29 0.20
292-1828 1-1/8 1-3/4-12 UN 23 31 50 32 0.21
292-2228 1-3/8 1-3/4-12 UN 25 37 50 32 0.26
ROTALOCK
CONNECTION
MSAE
CONNECTION
295 Series
Elbow 90° Connector ( No- Access Fitting ) - Male Flare to Female Rotalock Nut
Dimensions (mm)
Rotalock Or Nominal
Part No. Connection ID Body Flare Elbow Centre Flare to
Vessel Conn. & RL Weight
Male Flare Size Length to Flare End Elbow End
Thread (Inch) (kg)
(Inch) A B C
295-0412 1/4 MSAE 3/4-16 UNF 20 SQ. 19 29 39 0.09
295-0612 3/8 MSAE 3/4-16 UNF 20 SQ. 19 29 39 0.10
295-1812 1/2 MSAE 3/4-16 UNF 20 SQ. 22 32 42 0.14
Heldon
Dimensions
293 Series
Elbow 90° Connector ( No- Access Fitting ) Female Solder to Female Rotalock Nut
Dimensions (mm)
Rotalock Or Vessel Nominal
Connection ID Elbow Centre Solder Centre RL Nut
Part No. Conn. & RL Thread Body Size Solder Depth Weight
Solder A (Inch) to Solder End to RL Base Flat A/F
(Inch) G C (±1) (kg)
D ( ±1) E (±1) F
293-0612 3/8 3/4-16 UNF 20 SQ. 9.5 25 20 24 0.08
293-0812 1/2 3/4-16 UNF 20 SQ. 13 25 20 24 0.08
293-0816 1/2 1-14 UN 20 SQ. 13 25 20 30 0.11
293-1016 5/8 1-14 UN 20 SQ. 14 32 20 30 0.11
293-1216 3/4 1-14 UN 20 SQ. 20 39 20 30 0.13
293-1416 7/8 1-14 UN 20 SQ. 24 44 20 30 0.14
293-1020 5/8 1-1/4-12 UNF 30 SQ. 14 40 27 36 0.24
293-1420 7/8 1-1/4-12 UNF 30 SQ. 24 50 27 36 0.25
293-1820 1-1/8 1-1/4-12 UNF 35 SQ. 28 57 27 36 0.26
293-1828 1-1/8 1-3/4-12 UN 35 SQ. 23 50 30 50 0.35
293-2228 1-3/8 1-3/4-12 UN 35 SQ. 25 57 30 50 0.40
296 Series
Elbow 90° Connector ( With Access Port ) - Female Solder to Male Rotalock Nut
Dimensions (mm)
Connection ID Rotalock Or Vessel Nominal
Part No. Flare Elbow Centre Solder to
Solder Conn. & RL Thread Body Weight
Length to Flare End Elbow End
(Inch) (Inch) Size (kg)
A B C
296-0616 3/8 1 - 14 UN 20 SQ. 9.5 25 29 0.11
296-0816 1/2 1 - 14 UN 20 SQ. 12.7 25 29 0.11
296-1220 3/4 1-1/4 - 12 UNF 30 SQ. 20 50 33.5 0.22
296-1420 7/8 1-1/4 - 12 UNF 30 SQ. 24 50 33.5 0.25
Heldon
Dimensions
$ %
* % + ( , ) ,
&
'
(
# )
965 Series
Rotalock Welding Spuds - Available as AS1210 or ASME - Female ID Weld to Male Rotalock Thread
Dimensions (mm)
Nominal
Thread Overall Welded
Part No. Description Weight
(Inch) Length I.D. I.D. O.D. End O.D. Length Depth
(kg)
A B C D E F G H
965-26XX-12S Suit 3/4 Rotalock 3/4-16 UNF 34 7.9 7.9 11.1 19.1 6 - 0.04
965-26XX-16S Suit 1 Rotalock 1-14 UN 36 12.7 12.7 15.9 25.4 6 - 0.09
965-26XX-20S Suit 1 1/4 Rotalock 1-1/4-12 UNF 38 19.0 19.0 22.2 31.8 8 - 0.09
965-26XX-28S Suit 1 3/4 Rotalock 1-3/4-12 UN 38 31.75 34.9 38.1 44.5 8 15 0.18
965-26XX-36S Suit 2 1/4 Rotalock 2-1/4-12 UN 39 41.3 41.3 47.6 57.2 8 - 0.27
Rotalock Gaskets
Part No. Description Pk Q'ty
800-26XX-12 Suit 3/4" R/L Nut 10
800-26XX-16 Suit 1" R/L Nut 5
800-26XX-20 Suit 1-1/4" R/L Nut 5
800-26XX-28 Suit 1-3/4" R/.L Nut 5
800-26XX-36 Suit 2-1/4" R/L Nut 5
800 Series
Cross Reference : Old Heldon Series v's New Recommended Torque settings for Rotalock Nuts
Old Series New Series Rotalock Nut Size Torque (Nm)
2600-XXXXXX 2605-XXXXXX Rotalock 3/4-16 UNF 40-50
2601-XXXXXX 2605-XXXXXX Rotalock 1-14 UNS 70-80
262-XXXXXX 292-XXXXXX Rotalock 1-1/4-12 UNF 120-135
265-XXXXXX 295-XXXXXX
Heldon
Rotalock Cross Reference Compressor - Rotalock Selection Guide - 2009
Connection Rotalock Maneurop MT/Z Maneurop SM Copeland ZR Copeland ZF Copeland ZS

Part No. Part No.
R/L / Sol. ID Valve Nylon Gasket Discharge Suction Discharge Suction Discharge Suction Discharge Suction Discharge Suction
MT/Z18 - - - - - - - - -
2605-061620 1" / 3/8" 800-26XX 1-14 UN MT/Z22 - - - - - - - - -
MT/Z28 - - - - - - - - -
MT/Z32 MT/Z18 - - - - - - - -
2605-081620 1" / 1/2" 800-26XX 1-14 UN MT/Z36 MT/Z22 - - - - - - - -
MT/Z40 MT/Z28 - - - - - - - -
- - - - ZR18K - ZF09K - ZS15K -
- - - - ZR22K - ZF11K - ZS19K -
- - - - ZR28K - ZF13K - ZS21K -
- - - - ZR34K - ZF15K - ZS26K -
2605-101620 1" / 5/8" 800-26XX 1-14 UN - - - - ZR40K - ZF18K - ZS30K -
- - - - ZR48K - - - ZS38K -
- - - - ZR49K - - - ZS45K -
- - - - ZR61K - - - - -
- - - - ZR72K - - - - -
- MT/Z32 - - - - - - - -
2605-102030 1-1/4" / 5/8" 800-26XX-20 1-1/4-12 UNF - MT/Z36 - - - - - - - -
- MT/Z40 - - - - - - - -
MT/Z44 - SM085 - ZR81K - - - ZS56K -
MT/Z50 - SM100 - ZR90K - - - - -
MT/Z56 - SM125 - ZR11M - - - - -

2605-122030 1-1/4" / 3/4" 800-26XX-20 1-1/4-12 UNF
MT/Z64 - - - - - - - - -
MT/Z72 - - - - - - - - -
MT/Z80/1 - - - - - - - - -
MT/Z100 - - - ZR12M ZR18K ZF33K ZF09K - ZS15K
MT/Z125 - - - ZR16M ZR22K ZF40K ZF11K - ZS19K
MT/Z160 - - - - ZR28K - ZF13K - ZS21K
- - - - - ZR34K - ZF15K - ZS26K
- - - - - ZR40K - ZF18K - ZS30K

2605-142030 1-1/4" / 7/8" 800-26XX-20 1-3/4-12 UN
- - - - - ZR48K - ZF24K - ZS38K
- - - - - ZR49K - - - ZS45K
- - - - - ZR61K - - - -
- - - - - ZR72K - - - -
- - - - - ZR81K - - - -
- MT/Z44 SM175 - - - - - - -
- MT/Z50 SM185 - - - - - - -
- MT/Z56 - - - - - - - -
2605-142830 1-3/4" / 7/8" 800-26XX-28 1-3/4-12 UN
- MT/Z64 - - - - - - - -
- MT/Z72 - - - - - - - -
- MT/Z80/1 - SM085 ZR19M ZR90K ZF48K ZF24K ZS11M ZS56K
- MT/Z100 - SM100 - - - - - -
2605-182835 1-3/4" / 1-1/8" 800-26XX-28 1-3/4-12 UN - MT/Z125 - SM125 - - - - - -
- MT/Z160 - - - - - - - -
- - - - ZR250K ZR11M - ZF33K - ZS75K
- - - - ZR300K ZR12M - ZF40K - -

2605-222835 1-3/4" / 1-3/8" 800-26XX-28 1-3/4-12 UN
- - - - ZR310K ZR16M - - - -
- - - - ZR380K - - - - -
- - - SM175 - - - - - -
2605-262835 1-3/4" / 1-5/8" 800-26XX-28 1-3/4-12 UN
- - - SM185 - - - - - -
- - - - - ZR19M - - - -
- - SM175 - - ZR250K - - - -
2600-263650 2-1/4" / 1-5/8" 800-26XX-36 2-1/4-12 UN - - SM185 - - ZR300K - - - -
- - - - - ZR310K - - - -
- - - - - ZR380K - - - -
*Note: All care has been taken in compiling this cross reference/ guide based on published data from the relevent manufacturers
and their agents. As manufacturers can change their specifications this should be used as a guide only.
Heldon
STANDARD FLOW ROTALOCK VALVE
Introduction
Heldon's Standard Flow Rotalock Valve range offers MSAE
connections from 1/4" through to 3/4" in size.
These valves have a solid brass body with a nickel plated finish.
A polished stainless steel spindle employs a solid Teflon seal to
deliver increased service life with less torque required to close.
This range of Rotalock valves feature a single 1/4" MSAE access

port for service purposes.
Suitable for all fluorinated refigerants and oils, these valves are
supplied complete with an individual Teflon Rotalock seal.
2610 Series
Features Benefits
1. Strong forged or solid brass body. 1. Stable platform when mounted in a system.
2. Precision ground and polished stainless steel stem. 2. Accurate sealing and extended life.
3. Supplied with Rotalock gasket. 3. Complete ready to install.
4. Brass to stainless steel seat. 4. Tighter seal and less susceptible leakage.
5. Safe Working Pressure of 4,200 kPa (R410A Compatible). 5. Compatible with all flurorinated refigerants and oils.
Dimensions Manufacturing Standards

2610 Series Manufactured in accordance with AS/NZS 1677.2
/ 0
Rotalock Service Valve - Male SAE Flare to Rotalock Nut

MSAE Conn. Vessel Conn. & RL Dimensions (mm) Weight
Part No.
(Inch) Thread (Inch) A B C D E (kg)
2610-041220-HEX 1/4 3/4-16 UNF 14.8 16.5 101.0 31.3 21.0 0.19
2610-061220-HEX 3/8 3/4-16 UNF 14.8 14.2 101.0 29.0 21.0 0.19
2610-061620 3/8 1-14 UNS 23.0 12.5 104.0 35.5 24.0 0.25
2610-081620 1/2 1-14 UNS 23.0 12.5 104.0 35.5 24.0 0.25
2610-101620-1L 5/8 1-14 UNS 24.0 13.0 107.0 37.0 24.0 0.27
2610-102022 5/8 1-1/4-12 UNF 27.0 16.0 115.0 43.0 27.0 0.32
2610-122022 3/4 1-1/4-12 UNF 31.0 14.0 118.0 45.0 27.0 0.34
2610-122030 3/4 1-1/4-12 UNF 37.0 12.5 149.0 49.5 29.5 0.56
Heldon
CHECK VALVES
Introduction
Check Valves are used in refrigeration and air-conditioning when
the liquid or vapour refrigerant is required to flow in one direction
only. The Check Valve allows for full flow in the direction of
operational flow while preventing flow in the opposite direction.
A typical application would be to install a check valve downstream
of an oil separator. This prevents condensed liquid refrigerant
from returning down the discharge line and into the oil separator.
Please note that In-line Check Valves are not suitable for
discharge lines of reciprocating compressors. This is due to the 2027 Series 205 Series
reciprocating compressors discharge pressure pulsations.
The Henry Technologies range includes both the Lift type and the
In-line type Check Valves.
The Lift Check Valves are: 116, 205 & 2027 Series
(Note: 205 Series is replacing the old 2024 Series)
The In-line Check Valves are: 119 & 120 Series

(Note: 119 & 120 Series is replacing the old 2001 & 2006 Series)
Valves
Henry Technologies check valve are suitable for HCFC and HFC
refrigerants, along with their associated oils. 116 Series
Typically, Henry Technologies Check Valves will start to open at
3.4 kPa and be fully open at 34 kPa. 119 Series
Features Benefits
1. Flow direction arrow. 1. Ensures correct installation.
2. Minimum opening pressure required. 2. Does not impose a load on the system.
3. Designed for maximum flow and minimum pressure drop. 3. Negligible loss in system efficiency.
4. Robust design. 4. Provides stable platform when mounted in a system.
5. Optimised seat material. 5. Efficient sealing with negligible leak rate.
6. Models available with copper extensions – 120 Series. 6. Quick and easy installation.
7. Working Temperature range: 7. Suitable for a wide range of applications.
• 116 & 205 Series = -40 oC to 150 oC
• 119 & 120 Series = -30 oC to 90 oC
• 2027 Series = -40 oC to 100 oC
Materials of Construction Manufacturing Standards

The valve body for the 205 series is made from cast bronze. All Manufactured in accordance with AS/NZS 1677.2, CE & UL
other check valves bodies are made from brass. All pistons are Safe Working Pressure = 3,100 kPa / 205 Series
made from brass. Springs are made from stainless steel. The = 3,500 kPa / 116, 119 & 120 Series
seat seal material is PTFE for the 205 & 116 Series. The seat = 4,200 kPa / 2027 Series
material is neoprene for the 119 & 120 Series.
Installation – Main issues

1. Valves must be installed in accordance with the flow direction 3. Series 205 valves up to 1 3/8" connector size can be installed
arrow. in any position except bonnet down. For larger sizes, the
bonnet must be positioned upwards. For all models, the
2. The valve bodies and valve internals must be protected recommended bonnet position is upwards.
against damage during brazing. Full instructions are given
in the Product Instruction Sheet, included with each valve. 4. Discharge check valves should be positioned as far from
the compressor as possible.
Heldon
Dimensions
205 Series
Check Valves - Globe Design

Connection Dimensions (mm)
Kv Weight
Part No. Size ID CE Cat
A B C D (m3/Hr) (kg)
(Inch)
205-7/8 7/8 108 25 80 19 6.1 1.24 SEP
205-1-1/8 1-1/8 124 29 98 24 8.6 2.00 SEP
205-1-3/8 1-3/8 137 32 108 25 11.9 2.74 Cat I
Valves
205-1-5/8 1-5/8 165 38 129 29 15.4 4.23 Cat I
205-2-1/8 2-1/8 216 51 157 38 25.5 7.76 Cat I
205-2-5/8 2-5/8 279 57 183 43 42.3 12.44 Cat I
116 Series
Check Valves - Globe Design

Kv Weight
Part No. Size ID CE Cat
A B C D (m3/Hr) (kg)
(Inch)
116003 3/8 74.7 10.4 52.3 7.9 1.4 0.24 SEP
116004 1/2 74.7 10.4 52.3 9.7 1.9 0.23 SEP
116005 5/8 74.7 10.4 52.3 12.7 2.3 0.22 SEP
116007 7/8 98.6 16.0 74.7 22.4 3.1 0.93 SEP
Heldon
Capacities
Conn. Size R404A

Part No. Style
(Inch) Liquid Lines (kW) Suction Vapour (kW) Hot Gas (m3/hr)
205-7/8 7/8 Globe, Bolted Bonnet 29.5 1.8 62.9
205-1-1/8 1-1/8 Globe, Bolted Bonnet 42.3 3.5 87.2
116003 3/8 Y Type Screwed Bonnet 8.4 0.14 18.2
* Based on 38oC Condensing and -40oC Evaporating
Dimensions
Angle Female Solder
Kv Weight
Part No. Size ID
A B C (m3/Hr) (kg)
(Inch) 1 2 3 4 5 6
2027-1414 7/8 96 47 40 8.95 0.82

2027-1818 1-1/8 96 51 40 14.30 0.78
2027-2222 1-3/8 120 60 67 21.60 1.42
2027-2626 1-5/8 120 60 67 29.45 1.44
2027 Series
C/Hex
Straight Through Design

Connection Dimensions (mm) Weight
Part No.
Size A B C/Hex (kg)
119-1/4 1/4 FL 57.4 - 21 0.10
119-3/8 3/8 FL 63.8 - 21 0.12
119-1/2 1/2 FL 76.2 - 32 0.13
120-3/8 3/8 ID 133.4 7.9 21 0.13
120-1/2 1/2 ID 161.3 9.7 32 0.26
120-5/8 5/8 ID 159.5 12.7 32 0.29
Heldon
MAGNETIC CHECK VALVES
Introduction
The Henry Technologies check valve uses magnetic attraction to
return the valve plate to its seat rather than spring pressure. A
conventional type check valve requires an increase in pressure to
force the valve plate off its seat leading to an increase in pressure
drop. The magnetic check valve (MCV) has a decreasing force to
move it away from its seat. The further it travels the magnetic
attraction diminishes leading to a decrease in pressure drop.
MCV’s are therefore a more efficient option to the conventional
check valves.
The Henry MCV uses the latest technology in Dura Form

processing, a manufacturing method that eliminates the use
of braze materials that can overheat and damage internal
components. The body is 100% copper that has been spun into
shape and the connections machined. The result is a valve that is
hermetically sealed, can easily be installed with either soft or hard
solder, with a near zero leak rate and exceptional performance.
Suitable for use in the Liquid, Suction, Discharge or Hot Gas lines
employing fluorinated refrigerants, these valves are ideal in a new
installation or as a replacement for conventional check valves. F63 Series
MCV’s are not recommended for Heat Reclaim applications with

high differential pressures.
Note: The F63 Series is replacing the old 2026 Series Magnetic
Check Valves.
Features Benefits
2. Hermetically sealed copper body. 2. Stable platform with no chance of a leak.
3. Optimised seat material with a Neoprene coated valve plate. 3. Efficient sealing with a negligible leak rate.
4. Multi orientation while maintaining flow direction. 4. Able to be installed in any position.
5. Built in 30 mesh strainer. 5. Strain debris out of the system and extend the valve service life.
6. Working Temperature range = 40 oC to 150 oC. 6. Suitable for a wide range of applications, including
combination (muffler/check valve).
7. Safe Working Pressure 5,200 kPa up to 5/8” sizes. 7. Compatible with all fluorinated refrigerants and oils.
Manufacturing Standards Part Number Cross Reference

Safe Working Pressure: Please refer to table on next page
for details. Henry Heldon Old Emerson Superior
F6306 2026-0404 AKC-4 900M-4S
F6307 2026-0606 AKC-6 900M-6S
F6308 2026-0808 AKC-8 900M-8S
F6309 2026-1010 AKC-10 900M-10S
F6310 2026-1212 AKC-12 900M-12S
F6311 2026-1414 AKC-14 900M-14S
F6312 2026-1818 AKC-18 N/A
F6313 2026-2222 AKC-22 N/A
F6314 2026-2626 AKC-26 N/A
F6315 2026-3434 AKC-34 N/A
F6316 2026-4242 AKC-42 N/A
F6085 2026-5050 N/A N/A
Heldon
Dimensions
F63 Series
Connection Valve Length Valve Dia.

Weight
Part No. Size Description (mm) (mm)
(kg)
A B C
F6306 1/4 MS-4 102 22.3 0.09
F6307 3/8 MS-6 102 22.3 0.09
F6308 1/2 MS-8 127 28.6 0.15
F6309 5/8 MS-10 127 28.6 0.15
F6310 3/4 MS-12 178 41.3 0.39
F6311 7/8 MS-14 178 41.3 0.39
F6312 1-1/8 MS-18 213 54 0.67
F6313 1-3/8 MS-22 238 66.7 1.13
F6314 1-5/8 MS-26 267 79.4 1.63
F6315 2-1/8 MS-34 305 92.1 2.47
F6316 2-5/8 MS-42 330 105 3.54
F6085 3-1/8 MS-50 330 105 3.54
Capacities
Suction (kW) Liquid (kW) SWP Kv

R22 R134a R404A R22 R134a R404A (kPa ) m3/Hr
F6306 1.1 0.8 0.9 9.5 8.8 6.8 5,500 0.47
F6307 2.2 1.6 2.0 19.9 18.3 14.2 5,500 0.99
F6308 6.0 4.4 5.3 53.8 49.4 38.2 5,200 2.67
F6309 6.7 4.9 5.9 60 55.1 42.6 5,200 2.98
F6310 12.5 9.2 11 112.2 103.1 79.7 4,100 5.56
F6311 17 12.5 15 152.8 140.4 108.5 4,100 7.58
F6312 29.6 21.7 26.1 265.9 244.3 188.8 4,100 13.19
F6313 36.5 26.8 32.2 327.9 301.3 232.5 4,000 16.26
F6314 62.3 45.8 54.9 560.1 514.6 397.7 3,000 27.78
F6315 108.2 79.5 95.5 973.3 894.3 691.1 3,200 48.27
F6316 145.2 106.7 128.1 1,305.9 1,200 927.3 3,000 64.76
F6085 145.2 106.7 128.1 1,305.9 1,200 927.3 3,000 64.76
The rated liquid and suction capacities are based on an evaporating temperature: An average temperature of te = -10oC, liquid
temperature ahead of the valve t = 25oC and a pressure drop across the valve of p = 15 kPa (2.18 psi).
Heldon
SOLENOID VALVES
Introduction
Solenoid valves are used in refrigeration and air-conditioning to
stop, interrupt or divert the flow of refrigerant. They operate by
opening or closing the orifice directly or by pilot (Servo) operation.
An electro-magnetic coil is used to open the valve when it is
energised.
Heldon’s new style Solenoid valves (2402 & 2403 Series) are made
from brass forgings and are available with extended copper or
male SAE connections. A special diaphragm material is used for
an extended service life, to be compatible with most fluorinated
refrigerant and oil combinations.
These new style valves are matched to a range of “click-on” style

coils, which, when installed with the supplied Hirschmann plug
and o-ring, offer an IP65 rating. Another feature of these is the
built-in LED, indicating power supply to the coil.
Note: Solenoid Coil to be purchased separately.
Features Benefits
1. Solid forged brass construction. 1. Provides a strong stable platform when mounted in a system.
2. Range available from 1/4” to 1-1/8” connections. 2. Delivers an extensive range of capacities in Liquid, Vapour
and Hot Gas applications.
3. 1/4” valve is a Direct Operating type. 3. No pressure drop required to operate.
4. 3/8” to 1-1/8” – Pilot (Servo) Operating Valves. 4. Easy and reliable operating action.
5. Click-on style Solenoid Coils available in a range of voltages. 5. Quick and easy to install.
6. Rigorously tested to 300,000 cycles. 6. Reliability guaranteed.
7. Available with extended copper tails and as reduced port 7. Provide more choice to suit your application.
versions.
8. Built-in LED in the coil plug indicates power supply either 8. Safety and assists the technician in fault finding.
on or off.
9. Rated to IP65 when installed with supplied o-ring and plug. 9. Solenoid coil offers great protection and long life span.
10. Safe Working Pressure = 3,200 kPa. 10. Suitable for use with a large range of HCFC and HFC
refrigerants.
11. Working Temperature Range: 11. Suits a wide range of applications.
• Solenoid Valve -25oC to 100oC
• Solenoid Coil -40oC to 80oC
Nomenclature Manufacturing Standards

240X - XXXX XX
Blank - Standard
2 - Male Flare (MSAE)
RP - Reduced Port
3 - Solder ID
LT - Long Tail (extended
6 - Solenoid Coil
copper connections)
or
Valves - Coils - AC - AC coil
Connection Size: Voltage: DC - DC coil
0404 - 1/4 x 1/4 12 - 12 volt
0606 - 3/8 x 3/8 24 - 24 volt
0808 - 1/2 x 1/2 110 - 110 volt
1010 - 5/8 x 5/8 240 - 220/240 volt
1212 - 3/4 x 3/4
1414 - 7/8 x 7/8
1818 - 1 1/8 x 1 1/8
Heldon
2402 Series
Flare Conn. Size Dimensions (mm) Weight

Part No.
(Inch) H L (kg)
2402-0404 1/4 63 67 0.125
2402-0606 3/8 69 75 0.220
2402-0808 1/2 78 102 0.480
2402-1010 5/8 78 107 0.490
2402-1212 3/4 80 126 0.840
Opening Maximum Operating

Liquid (kW) Vapour (kW) Hot Gas (kW)
Diff. Pressure Differential
Flare Kv (bar)
Part No. Pressure
Conn. (m3/hr)
R22 R134a R404A R22 R134a R404A R22 R134a R404A (bar)
AC Coil DC Coil
2402-0404 1/4 3.2 3.0 2.1 - - - 2.1 1.6 1.8 0.175 0 21 19

2402-0606 3/8 14.5 13.5 9.5 2.2 1.8 1.85 9.5 6.9 8.2 0.8 0.5 21 19
2402-0808 1/2 39.6 37.1 26.2 6.0 4.8 5.0 26.0 18.9 22.4 2.3 0.5 21 18
2402-1010 5/8 47.0 44.0 31.0 7.0 5.7 6.0 30.8 22.9 26.5 3.8 0.5 21 18
2402-1212 3/4 86.4 80.0 57.1 13.2 10.5 11.0 56.8 41.5 48.5 4.9 0.5 21 13
Solenoid Coils
Coils Weight Pack
Part No. Watts Hz
Description (kg) Q'ty
12 volt DC
2406-012-DC 9w 50/60 Hz 0.190 20
solenoid coil
24 volt DC 2406 Series
2406-024-DC 9w 50/60 Hz 0.190 20
solenoid coil
24 volt AC Solenoid Coil Dimensions (mm)
2406-24-AC 9w 50/60 Hz 0.190 1
solenoid coil
240 volt AC
2406-240-AC 9w 50/60 Hz 0.190 1
solenoid coil
Heldon
2403 Series
Solder Conn. Size Dimensions (mm) Weight

Part No.
(Inch) H L B (kg)
2403-0404 1/4 63 102 7 0.135

2403-0404LT 1/4 63 250 7 0.180
2403-0606 3/8 69 111 8 0.230
2403-0606LT 3/8 69 250 8 0.280
2403-0808 1/2 78 127 10 0.500
2403-0808LT 1/2 78 250 10 0.550
2403-1010 5/8 78 127 13 0.520
2403-1212 3/4 80 176 16 0.860
2403-1414 7/8 80 176 19 0.870
2403-1818RP 1-1/8 80 176 19 0.880
Maximum
Opending Operating
Solder Liquid (kW) Vapour (kW) Hot Gas (kW) Kv
Diff. Pressure
Part No. Conn. (m3/
Pressure Differential (bar)
(Inch) hr)
(bar)
R22 R134a R404A R22 R134a R404A R22 R134a R404A AC coil DC Coil
2403-0404 1/4 3.2 3.0 2.1 - - - 2.1 1.6 1.8 0.155 0 21 19

2403-0404LT 1/4 3.2 3.0 2.1 - - - 2.1 1.6 1.8 0.155 0 21 19
2403-0606 3/8 14.5 13.5 9.5 2.2 1.8 1.9 9.5 6.9 8.2 0.8 0.5 21 19
2403-0606LT 3/8 14.5 13.5 9.5 2.2 1.8 1.9 9.5 6.9 8.2 0.8 0.5 21 19
2403-0808 1/2 39.6 37.1 26.2 6.0 4.8 5.0 26.0 18.9 22.4 2.3 0.5 21 19
2403-0808LT 1/2 39.6 37.1 26.2 6.0 4.8 5.0 26.0 18.9 22.4 2.3 0.5 21 19
2403-1010 5/8 47.0 44.0 31.0 7.0 5.7 6.0 30.8 22.9 26.5 3.8 0.5 21 19
2403-1212 3/4 87.0 80.5 58.0 13.2 10.5 11.0 56.8 41.5 48.5 4.9 0.7 21 19
2403-1414 7/8 105.0 99.0 69.0 15.5 12.8 13.4 67.5 49.2 58.2 5.9 0.7 21 19
2403-1818RP 1-1/8 105.0 99.0 69.0 15.5 12.8 13.4 67.5 49.2 58.2 5.9 0.7 21 19
Capacities based on; Hot gas capacities based on:

Evaporating temperature: 4°C
Suction temperature: 18°C
Condensing Temperature: 38°C
Pressure drop: 100 kPa
Pressure drop across valve: 15 kPa
Heldon
SOLENOID COILS
Introduction
Heldon offer flexibility in their range of encapsulated solenoid
coils by designing them to suit a number of alternative brands in
addition to the Heldon range.
The range offered suits the following Normally Closed solenoid

valves:
• 2406 series coils suit the 2402 & 2403 series Heldon
solenoid valves as well as the Castel brand of solenoid
Solenoid Coils
valves.
• 2406-EVR coils fit the Danfoss type EVR solenoid valves.

2406 Series
• 2405 series coils suit the old style 2400 & 2401 series
Heldon solenoid valves. 2406-EVR Series
The 2406 series coils come in a various voltage combinations

and provides the service market with the ability to stock less
replacement coils due to the interchangeability of the Heldon
coils.
In addition, the 2406 series solenoild valve coils have the added
visual diagnostic feature of a LED light that is illuminated when
power is supplied to the coil Din Plug.
Both the 2405 & 2406 series solenoid coils are of rugged moisture
proof design with a 2406 series featuring a simple click-on 2405-MAGNET Series
mounting. Both are IP65 rated with the CE mark to meet the
low voltage directive of Europe (LVD) 72/23/EC where applicable.
2406-DIN-LED Series
In addition, Heldon also produce the 2405-MAG Permanent
Magnet. This is a great asset for the Service Technician as it allows
the solenoid valve to be energized without power supply. Ideal
for trouble shooting, evacuating a system or for pressure testing
purposes, when power is not available. Fits Heldon, Danfoss and
most other popular brands of solenoid valve.
Features Benefits
1. Compact Ergonomic Design. 1. Simple click-on with minimal space requirement.
2. Low wattage coil. 2. Power saving costs.
3. LED light feature. 3. Visual diagnostic feature.
4. UV stabilised outer shell. 4. Suits tough hot environments.
5. Hirschman style din plug. 5. Quick and safe connection.
6. Coil operating temperature -40 oC to 80 oC. 6. Suits Australian conditions.
7. Fits multiple brands. 7. Saves stocking costs.
Heldon
Dimensions
Solenoid Coils
2406 With Terminal Box
2406
2406-DIN-LED
2406-EVR
2405-MAG
Note: Dimensions in mm.
Heldon
Capacities
Solenoid Coil Range - 2406 Series (Fits new series 2402 & 2403 Solenoid Valves)
Power
Supply Frequency Power Weight
Part No. Suit Valve Series Brands Coil Fits Cons. Temp. Range
Voltage (Hz) Cons. (a.c) (kg)
(DC)
V a.c / DC"
2402 Flare & 2403
2406-240-AC Heldon / Castel 240 V a.c. 50/60 9W - -40/80°C 0.190
Solder
2402 Flare & 2403
2406-24-AC Heldon / Castel 24 V a.c. 50/60 9W - -40/80°C 0.190
Solder
2402 Flare & 2403
2406-012-DC Heldon / Castel 12 V DC. - - 9W -40/80°C 0.190
Solder
EVR Danfoss - Flare
2406-EVR-240-AC Danfoss 240 V a.c 50/60 10W - -40/80°C 0.315
& Solder
EVR Danfoss - Flare
2406-EVR-24-AC Danfoss 24 V a.c 50/60 10W - -40/80°C 0.315
& Solder
EVR Danfoss - Flare
2406-EVR-12-DC Danfoss 12 V DC - - 10W -40/80°C 0.315
& Solder
EVR Danfoss - Flare &
2406-DIN-LED Danfoss - - - - -40/80°C 0.020
Solder **
2405-MAG 2405 / 2406 / EVR * Heldon / Castel / Danfoss - - - - -40/80°C 0.120
* Permanent Magnetic Coil

** Terminal Assemble for 2406-EVR
Solenoid Coil Range - 2405 Series (Fits old series 2400 & 2401 Solenoid Valves)
Supply Power Power Weight

Part No. Suit Valve Series Frequency (Hz) Temp. Range
Voltage Cons. (a.c) Cons. (DC) (kg)
V a.c / DC
2400 Flare & 2401
2405-240V-AC 240 V a.c. 50/60 9W - -40/80°C 0.190
Solder
2400 Flare & 2401
2405-24V-AC 24 V a.c. 50/60 9W - -40/80°C 0.190
Solder
2400 Flare & 2401
2405-24V-DC 24 V DC 50/60 9W - -40/80°C 0.190
Solder
2400 Flare & 2401
2405-12V-DC 12 V DC 50/60 9W - -40/80°C 0.190
Solder
Note: Stock will be run out due to discontinued stock on the 2400 & 2401 series Solenoid Valves.
Heldon
REVERSING VALVES
Introduction
The Reversing Valves are used in air-conditioning reverse cycle
and heat pump systems to change the refrigerant direction of
flow. By changing the refrigerant direction of flow the evaporator
can become the condenser (the indoor coil) and the condenser
can become the evaporator (the outdoor coil). This will lead to
heat being rejected inside for heating in winter or outside for
cooling in summer.
Reversing Valves
The cycle inversion is initiated by a small pilot solenoid valve

that directs pressure to either end of the valve body forcing a
piston and sliding valve to change ends altering the internal port
configuration and reversing the flow direction of the refrigerant
in the system. Due to the large port design of Heldon valves the
changeover happens almost instantaneously with a minimal
pressure differential, pressure drop and risk of internal leakage.
Heldon Reversing Valves are constructed from corrosion resistant

brass with solid copper connectors and pilot tubes. Available
in capacities from 4 to 45 kW with a maximum safe working
pressure of 4,100 kPa for most models making those versions
suitable for R410A.
Features Benefits
2. Brass construction. 2. Strong stable platform.
3. Solid copper extended connectors. 3. Easy installation and soldering.
4. Suitable for all fluorinated refrigerants up to 4,100 kPa 4. Compatible with most fluorinated refrigerants and oils.
(most models).
5. Wear resistant seals. 5. Longer reliable working life.
6. Working range = -20oC to 50oC Ambient. 6. Suitable for a wide range of applications.
7. High capacity pilot valve and tubes. 7. Reduced chance of a blockage.
Heldon
Heldon Reversing Valves

Operating Diff.
Cap. Disch. Suction Disch. Disch. Interchangeable Models
Part No. Refrig. Pressure (Mpa)
(kW) ID ID Position Style
Min Max Ranco Danfoss
2500-11-45D1 11 R22 1/2 5/8 0.34 2.50 Straight Off set V3-410084-7IL
2510-4A-23U 4 ALL 5/16 3/8 0.25 3.10 U shape Centre CHV-0101
2510-7A-34U 7 ALL 3/8 1/2 0.34 3.10 U shape Centre V2-308064-2IL
Reversing Valves
2510-9-35U 9 R22 3/8 5/8 0.34 3.10 U shape Centre
2510-20A-47 20 ALL 1/2 7/8 0.34 3.10 Straight Centre V6-414084-1IL
2510-35A-67 35 ALL 3/4 7/8 0.34 3.10 Straight Centre V10-312124-1IL CHV-0712
2510-45-79 45 R22 7/8 1 1/8 0.34 2.50 Straight Centre V10-318144-1IL CHV-2011
Nominal capacity kW based on 40oC condensing temperature, 5oC evaporator temperature, 15 kPa pressure differential across
suction port for refrigerant R22.
Heldon Reversing Valves come complete with 240V Coil.

Other voltages sold separately.
Reversing Valve Solenoid Coil

2510-4-10A1 R/V Solenoid Coil - 240VAC Lead Wire
2510-4-10A4 R/V Solenoid Coil - 24VAC Lead Wire
2510-4-10E1 R/V Solenoid Coil - 240VAC Spade Connector
2510-4-10E4 R/V Solenoid Coil - 24VAC Spade Connector
9220000 Coil - Ranco - 24VDC - 4-series
9220002 Coil - Ranco - 240VAC - 4-series
Ranco Reversing Valves

Operating Diff. Pressure
Cap. Disch. Suction Disch. Disch.
Refrig. (MPa)
Part No. (kW) ID ID Style Position
Min Max
V2-408064-2IL 7 R410A 3/8 1/2 0.1 2.59 Straight Centre
V10-418144-2IL 35 R410A 7/8 1-1/8 0.1 2.59 Straight Centre
V12-4220T4-1IL 42 R410A 1 1/8 1 3/8 0.1 2.59 Straight Centre
V12-4220T20-2IL 42 R410A 1 1/8 1 3/8 0.1 2.59 Straight Centre
Heldon
MOISTURE INDICATORS
Introduction
Liquid Moisture Indicators are used in refrigeration and air
conditioning systems as a means of visually checking refrigerant
quality and quantity.
This moisture indicator is particularly important with HFC

refrigerants using POE oil due to the hygroscopic nature of the
POE oil. The combination of HFC refrigerants and the potential
moisture present in the POE oil can result in the formation of
undesirable acids and alcohol which can be detrimental to the
refrigeration and air-conditioning system. They are also ideally
suited for installation in the oil return line between the oil
separator and the compressor.
The Henry moisture indicator features a hermetically sealed

glass, a large diameter viewing window and highly visible moisture
indicator.
The Henry moisture indicator is machined from forged brass and

the glass is hermetically sealed into the housing incorporating
a double seal design to provide a superior seal on the glass and
a longer service life.
Suitable for liquid, suction and oil lines with all fluorinated
refrigerants and oils up to 4,200 kPa Safe Working Pressure.
Features Benefits
1. Designed for maximum flow and minimal pressure drop. 1. Negligible lost in system efficiency.
2. Solid forged brass construction. 2. Strong stable platform.
3. Solid copper extended connections. (Solder version) 3. Easy installation and soldering.
4. Suitable for all refrigerants up to 4,200 kPa (not NH3). 4. Compatible with most fluorinated refrigerants and oils.
5. Large sight glass and indicator. 5. Better viewing angle and clarity.
6. Working range -40oC to 85oC . 6. Suitable for a wide range of applications.
7. Quick identification of flow and liquid quantity.
Heldon
Male SAE to Male SAE

Dimensions (mm)
Weight
Part No. Connection Lay-In Length
(kg)
A B
650-0404H 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 MSAE 72 27 0.55
650-0606H 3/8 MSAE x 3/8 MSAE 76 27 0.18
650-0808H 1/2 MSAE x 1/2 MSAE 83 34 0.23
650-1010H 5/8 MSAE x 5/8 MSAE 88 34 0.24
650H Series
Female Solder with Extended Copper Tails

Dimensions (mm)
Weight
(kg)
A B
1/4 ID x 1/4 ID
665-0404H 85 27 0.17
extended tails
3/8 ID x 3/8 ID
665-0606H 99 27 0.18
extended tails
1/2 ID x 1/2 ID
665-0808H 122 27 0.18
extended tails
5/8 ID x 5/8 ID
665-1010H 116 33 0.24
extended tails
3/4 ID x 3/4 ID
665-1212H 141 33 0.26
extended tails
665H Series
Male SAE to Female SAE

Dimensions (mm)
Weight
Part No. Connection Lay-In Length (kg)
A B
655-0404H 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 FSAE 61 27 0.55
655-0606H 3/8 MSAE x 3/8 FSAE 76 33 0.18
655-0808H 1/2 MSAE x 1/2 FSAE 72 33 0.23
655 Series
Heldon

Dimensions (mm)
Weight
(kg)
A B
658-0404H 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 F/Swivel 77 27 0.17
658-0606H 3/8 MSAE x 3/8 F/Swivel 82 27 0.20
658-0808H 1/2 MSAE x 1/2 F/Swivel 88 33 0.25
658-1010H 5/8 MSAE x 5/8 F/Swivel 94 33 0.26
658 Series

Dimensions (mm)
Weight
(kg)
A B
1/4 ID SOLDER x 1/4
659-0404H 82 27 0.17
F/Swivel
3/8 ID SOLDER x 3/8
659-0606H 94 27 0.20
F/Swivel
1/2 ID SOLDER x 1/2
659-0808H 107 27 0.20
F/Swivel
5/8 ID SOLDER x 5/8
659-1010H 108 33 0.25
F/Swivel
659 Series
Female Solder Single Port

Dimensions (mm)
Weight
(kg)
A B
670-1414 7/8 ID Solder 122 24 0.22
670-1818 1 1/8 ID Solder 114 24 0.29
670-2222 1 3/8 ID Solder 151 24 0.49
670-2626 1 5/8 ID Solder 145 24 0.51
670-3434 2 1/8 ID Solder 132 24 0.74
670 Series
Heldon
Female Solder Dual Port

DImensions
Weight
B (kg)
A
675-1414 7/8 ID Solder 122 72 0.41
675-1818 1 1/8 ID Solder 114 78 0.44
675-2222 1 3/8 ID Solder 151 84 0.50
675-2626 1 5/8 ID Solder 145 91 0.88
675-3434 2 1/8 ID Solder 132 104 0.65
675 Series
Moisture Content vs Colour Change
Indication (ppm of water) Dry (Green) Caution (Light Green) Wet (Yellow)
Liquid Temperature (oC) 25 40 50 25 40 50 25 40 50
R12 <5 <5 <5 5-25 5-40 5-70 >25 >40 >70
R134a (<20) <35 <60 20-130 35-160 60-200 >130 >160 >200 -
R22 <25 <35 <50 25-145 35-200 50-290 >145 >200 >290
R407C(<25) <40 <60 25-150 40-230 60-360 >150 >230 >360 -
R410A(<30) <60 <75 30-170 60-280 75-420 >170 >280 >420 -
R404A/507 (<15) <25 <45 15-120 25-150 45-180 >120 >150 >180 -
R502 <5 <5 <10 5-50 5-90 10-150 >50 >90 >150
Heldon
ROTALOCK SIGHT GLASSES
Introduction
Sight Glasses are used throughout the refrigeration and air-
conditioning industry as an easy means of visually checking
the levels of liquid refrigerant and compressor oil in a system.
Typically located on liquid receivers, suction accumulators, surge
drums, liquid level columns and oil management systems, sight
glasses provide a quick and easy means of determining the
operating status of the system and its liquid levels.
Heldon is excited to announce the newest addition to their ever

expanding range: Rotalock Sight Glasses.
In what will prove to be another step forward in the area of

monitoring and serviceability for the industry, Heldon offer the
convenience of a Sight Glass with the superior seal tight locking
joint of a rotalock fitting.
A industry favourite, the rotalock utilises a connection that

consists of both a male & female component, that when joined
compress a sacrificial teflon washer. By compressing this teflon
washer, a seal is created that can maintain its integrity regardless
of large changes in temperature and constant system vibration.
Features Benefits
1. A nickel plated steel body with a range of fused glass 1. Nickel plating for outstanding corrosion resistance. Rugged
viewing lenses ensure excellent visibility for the operator. fused glass can withstand the toughest conditons. Choose
the lens to best suit your application.
2. Sight Glass available with either 1 1/4” or 2 1/4” Rotalock 2. Rotalock fittings provides enhanced sealing capability and
nut. Combined with a dedicated teflon washer, this less chance of leakage. Rugged UNF thread ensures the
assembly provides a superior seal tight locking joint. nut hangs on tight.
3. Simple 3 piece design incorporates a locking nut, glass 3. Easy installation with no special tooling required.
lens assembly and “Quad-Ring” teflon washer.
4. Four different styles available: Clear lens/Dimple lens/ 4. A glass lens option to suit every need that is supplied ready
Frost Shield/Clear lens with Ball Float (on 1 1/4” only). for installation.
5. The Rotalock Sight Glass range is suitable for all fluorinated 5. The Rotalock Sight Glass is perfectly suited for use in
refrigerants and their oils. today’s industry.
Installation
When installing a Rotalock Sight Glass please observe the
following precautions: • Visually check parts before installation, for any signs of
apparent damage.
• The Rotalock Sight Glass is best positioned in an accessible • Make sure parts are clean and free of debris.
location away from possible traffic and harm. • Carefully fit new Quad-Ring teflon washer into the
• A compatible male threaded spigot is required to be in place rotalock spigots face grove. Lubricate the teflon washer
on the refrigeration plant. with clean refrigeration oil.
• The refrigeration system must be pumped down or all • Assemble sight glass and thread on rotalock nut finger
refrigerant recovered before installation is to occur. If sight tight. Tension to the recommended torque setting
glasses are to be installed as part of an oil management specified. Note that over-tensioning a Rotalock Sight
system, oil must be isolated and equipment free of pressure Glass can result in fracturing the glass lens and so
before commencing work. void warranty.
• Carefully remove assembly from packaging. • Before putting into service, thoroughly leak test the
complete assembly under pressure.
Heldon
Caution Specifications
Only competent, trained refrigeration mechanics should install - Operating temperature range of -40oC to 85oC
or service Rotalock Sight Glasses. The stated pressure and - Safe Working Pressure: 5,200 kPa
temperature limits should never be exceeded. Sight Glass - Burst Test Pressure: 26 MPa
lenses should be inspected routinely and replaced if damaged.
Escaping refrigerant is hazardous to both the environment and Manufacturing Standards
to your health.
Dimensions (mm)
Rotalock Weight
Connect. Nut Size Lens Size Lens Dia. (kg)
A B C E D
647-2020-1 R/L Sight Glass - Dimpled 1 1/4" - 12 UNF 35 11 19 20 16 0.072
647-2020-2 R/L Sight Glass - with Ball Float 1 1/4" - 12 UNF 35 20 19 20 16 0.086
647-2020-3 R/L Sight Glass - Flat 1 1/4" - 12 UNF 35 11 19 29 16 0.072
647-2020-4 R/L Sight Glass - Frost Shield 1 1/4" - 12 UNF 35 25 17 35 16 0.135
647-3636-1 R/L Sight Glass -Frost Shield 2 1/4" - 12 UNF 65 31 38 46 25 0.454
647-3636-2 R/L Sight Glass - Dimpled 2 1/4" - 12 UNF 65 21 38 37 25 0.401
647-2020-1 Sight Glass Frost Shield
647-2020-3 647-2020-2
Heldon
Part Number Structure and Nomenclature
To demonstrate Heldon nomenclature, a typical part number would read #647-2020-1. The following table will explain further:
Nomenclature
Series Number Glass Body Size Rotalock Connection Size Glass Type
i.e. 647-XXXX-X i.e 647-20XX-X i.e 647-XX20-X i.e 647 - XX20-1 or 2 or 3 or 4
i.e 647-36XX-X i.e 647-XX36-X i.e 647 - XX36-1 or 2
647 = Rotalock Sight Glass 20 = 1 1/4" OD Body 20 = 1 1/4" - 12 UNF 20-1 = Bulls eye with frost shield
36 = 2 1/4" OD Body 36 = 2 1/4" - 12 UNF 20-2 = Plain with Ball Float
20-3 = Plain
20-4 = Plain with frost shield
36-1 = Plain
36-2 = Bulls eye
Quad Ring Teflon Washer

Part No. Size
800-26XX-20 1 1/4" Sight Glass
800-26XX-36 2 1/4" Sight Glass
Heldon Reccommended Rotalock Sight Glass Torque Settings
Rotalock Stub Size Torque Setting (N.m)

Rotalock 1 1/4" - 12 UNF 120-135
Rotalock 2 1/4" - 12 UNF 165-190
Please note that all torque settings must be adhered to as over tensioning the nut could
result in fracturing the glass lens.
Heldon
SIGHT GLASSES
Introduction
Ideal for the visual inspection of liquid refrigerant or oil levels,
Heldon now offer a complete range of plated steel bodies, MNPT
threaded, Sight Glasses with built-in fused lense. Suitable for a
wide variety of pressure vessel applications, these sturdy items
are suited for most refrigerants and oils.
Applications
Sight glasses are used in refrigeration and air conditioning
systems for both liquid refrigerant and oil applications.
The SG-12 series sight glasses are suitable for HCFC and HFC
refrigerants, along with their associated oils.
The SG -10 and SG -11 series sight glasses are suitable for HCFC,
FC and ammonia refrigerants, along with their oils.
Features Benefits
1. Three sight glass lens options - Reflex, Clear and Clear with 1. Provides flexiblity of application.
float ball.
2. Hermetically sealed fused glass construction. 2. Avoids potential leakage path.
3. Plated Steel body. 3. Corrosion resistant.
Technical Specifications
1. Clear Lens Safe Working Pressure = 3,450 kPa
2. Clear Lens SG-10 and SG-11 Series:
with Allowable Operating Temperature = -40oC to 160oC
flaoting ball
SG-12 Series:
3. Reflex Lens
Allowable Operating Temperature= -40oC to 90oC
4. Thread size
Manufactured to UL207
Part No. Thread Size Dimensions (mm) Weight

Clear Reflex Clear W/Ball NPT A Hex Length B Dim. C (kg)
SG-1004 SG-1104 SG-1204 1/2 23.9 24.3 14.3 0.03
SG-1006 SG-1106 SG-1206 3/4 28.4 26.9 19.1 0.06
SG-1008 SG-1108 SG-1208 1 35.1 33.6 23.8 0.12
SG-1010 SG-1110 SG-1210 1 1/4 44.5 35 30.2 0.20
SG-1012 SG-1112 SG-1212 1 1/2 50.8 35.9 33.4 0.29
SG-1016 SG-1116 SG-1216 2 63.5 36.1 41.4 0.46
SG-12 series is not suitable for use with ammonia

CAUTION: Overtightening should be avoided to prevent sight glass cracking
Heldon
LIQUID INDICATORS
Introduction
Liquid Indicators are ideal for the visual inspection of refrigerant
or oil levels. Heldon offer a new range of plated steel and ductile
iron liquid indicators suitable for use with ammonia. Perfect for
a wide variety of applications including pressure vessels.
LI-50 series
The LI-50 series incorporating a Bulls-Eye with reflex lens. These
pieces have the ability to indicate the actual level of a liquid without LI-50 series
requiring the installation of a second indicator for light admission.
Their reflex lens configuration appears dark in the presence of
liquid and light when liquid is absent.
Also, to properly view systems internal liquid levels under frosting

conditions or when insulation material is present, a Frost Shield
option is available. Easily press fitted in front of the Bulls-Eye,
this clear perspex cylinder aids clarity of vision for the operator.
LI48 series
The LI48 series is an inline Liquid Indicator featuring double port
glass viewing windows. Constructed from plated ductile iron and
steel these pieces are recommended for use as a sight glass for LI48 series
oil, gas or liquid ammonia.
Features (LI-50 series) Benefits

1. Bulls-Eye with reflex lens. 1. Provides clear view of systems internal liquid levels.
2. Removable top of hermetically sealed fused glass 2. Avoids potential leakage path.
construction.
3. Plated steel construction; weld type housing ASME SA36 3. The housing is designed to be permanently welded into the
(ASTM A36) pressure vessel.
4. Frost Shield option available. 4. Allows clear viewing of liquid levels under frosting
conditions or when insulation material is present.
Features (LI48 series) Benefits

1. Double Port glass viewing windows. 1. Easy visual inspection.
2. Plated ductile iron and steel construction. 2. Designed for long life.
3. Fused glass viewing windows. 3. Avoids potential leak paths.
Manufactured to accepted International Boiler and Pressure Vessel Codes.
Maximum Working Pressure: 4,820 kPa (LI-50 series) (700 psi)
3,510 kPa (LI48 series)
Allowable Operating Temperature: -40OC to 121OC (LI-50 series)

-29OC to 121OC (LI-48 series)
Heldon
< = 9 8 ; ; > ? @ A B C D C E F D
A @ ? H I B J K L M N
7 8 9 : ; ;
LI-50 series < G 9 D ; ;
Size & Type Dimensions (mm) Weight

Part No. Item
Connection A B (kg)
LI-50-2W Reflex Lens Weld 69.9 19.1 0.68
LI-50-4W Reflex Lens Weld 114.3 63.5 0.91
Part No. Item Use to Temperature Dimension C (mm)

FS-2-1/2 Frost Shield -29oC 63.5 0.11
LI48 series
Connection Size Dimensions (mm)

Part No.
(Inch) A B C D
LI48A-1/2 1/2 FNPT 76.2 38.1 95.3 47.8
LI48A-3/4 3/4 FNPT 76.2 38.1 95.3 47.8
LI48A-1 1 FNPT 76.2 38.1 95.3 47.8
Heldon
VIBRATION ELIMINATORS
Introduction
V-Series
The function of a Vibration Eliminator is to absorb compressor
vibration. By installing a vibration eliminator, the risk of damage
to system equipment and pipework is reduced.
The Vibration Eliminator is constructed of a deep pitch corrugated

stainless steel hose covered with a stainless steel braid. The hose
and braid are reinforced by stainless steel ferrules at each end
and are connected to copper tube ends for the V series by a high
temperature braze alloy or are TIG welded to stainless steel tube
ends for the VS series.
A vibration eliminator are suited for installation in both the suction

and discharge lines of refrigerants and air-conditioning systems. VS-Series
Vibration eliminators are suitable for HCFC, HFC and CO2
Note: Heldon 1400 series Vibration Eliminators have been

replaced by the Henry V-Series.
Features Benefits
1. Proven design. 1. Long life guaranteed.
2. Large hose ID. 2. Minimal pressure drop.
3. Stainless steel hose and braid. 3. Corrosion resistant.
4. Stainless steel ferrules. 4. Providing superior strength.
5. Helium leak tested. 5. Known to be leak proof.
6. CE marked and UL listed (V series only). 6. Fully tested to recognised international standards.
7. VS Series constructed entirely of stainless steel. 7. No need to wet rag the VS series during installation.
8. Features VS Series rated to 60 bar MWP up to 1/3/8" I.D. 8. Ideal for CO2 (subcritical) applications.
Installation – Main issues

Take special care to install vibration eliminators horizontally The V Series
when used in suction lines or where operating temperatures Each unit is constructed of a deep pitch corrugated hose covered
are below freezing point. Condensation may form on the outside with a stainless steel braid. The hose and braid are reinforced
of the unit and if installed vertically this may accumulate in the by ferrules at each end and connected to copper tube ends by a
lower braid collar. In subsequent freezing this may deform and high temperature braze alloy.
destroy the unit. If vertical installation is the only option, or indeed
if condensation is possible with horizontal mounting, the entire The VS Series
flexible section, ferrules and braided hose, must be covered with The VS Series is based on the proven design of the V series with a
a watertight synthetic material e.g. a heat shrinkable PVC sleeve. few modifications. The VS series is constructed entirely of stainless
steel and all joints are TIG welded. Consequently there is no need to
The ferrule and start of braid must be wet-ragged for brazing
wet-rag the product during the installation process. The maximum
when installing the V series to prevent overheating and
working pressures are higher, as detailed in the table.
subsequent damage.
Manufactured to CE and UL classifications
Safe Working Pressure: As per table
Allowable Operating Temperature: -40OC to 120OC
Heldon
Part No. Connection Dimensions MWP (kPa)

Hose Internal Weight
Size ID
V Series VS Series A B Dia. V Series VS Series (kg)
(Inch)
V-3/8 VS-3/8 3/8 215 18 10 4480 6000 0.14
V-1/2 VS-1/2 1/2 225 18 13 4480 6000 0.15
V-5/8 VS-5/8 5/8 247 20 16 4480 6000 0.21
V-3/4 VS-3/4 3/4 266 23 19 4480 6000 0.32
V-7/8 VS-7/8 7/8 301 25 23 4480 6000 0.31
V-1-1/8 VS-1-1/8 1 1/8 329 32 29 4130 6000 0.42
V-1-3/8 VS-1-3/8 1 3/8 392 35 35 3790 6000 0.66
V-1-5/8 VS-1-5/8 1 5/8 425 40 42 3510 6000 0.98
V-2-1/8 - 2 1/8 520 50 55 2750 - 1.46
V-2-5/8 - 2 5/8 613 60 67 2410 - 2.60
V-3-1/8 - 3 1/8 680 70 80 2200 - 3.60
Single system Double system
1 Compressor
2 Vibration eliminator
3 Secure to solid member
4 Horizontal motion
5 Vertical motion
Heldon
DISCHARGE MUFFLERS
Introduction
The function of a Discharge Muffler is to reduce noise in the
discharge line of a refrigeration or air-conditioning system.
Mufflers have internal baffles designed for minimum pressure
drop. These baffles change the velocity of the discharge gases
passing through the muffler. This results in a dampening effect
on high frequency sound waves on high speed compressors.
Pulsating waves are also muffled in both low speed and high
speed compressors.
The muffler is designed to be installed directly after the

compressor. They are sized to the discharge line of the compressor.
The product range is designed for use with HCFC and HFC S-6XXX Series
Note: Henry S-6 Series Discharge Mufflers is replacing Heldon

3400 Series.
Features Benefits
2. Robust design. 2. Guaranteed long life.
3. Bi-directional flow. 3. Flexibility of installation.
4. Special baffle design. 4. Cuts out the harmonic pulse.
5. Manufactured and tested to relevant pressure vessel codes. 5. Quality and verified vessel integrity.
6. Powder coated finish. 6. Exceeds 500 hour salt spray tests.
7. Oil drain passage. 7. No oil collection when installed in the correct orientation.
Installation - Main Issues

1. Install the mufflers as close as possible to the compresso vibration. The muffler should be supported at each side to
and before the oil separator. prevent discharge pipe vibration, due to the weight of the
muffler.
2. When mounted in a horizontal or angled position, the
connectors should always be installed in the low position 4. Mufflers will only remove noise due to discharge gas
to help prevent oil collection inside the muffler. Oil inside pulsations. If the noise is due to vibration, vibration
the muffler will reduce the performance along with causing elimintators should be added to the discharge line and
a loss of oil in the compressor crankcase. Positioning the possibly the suction line.
muffler at a slight angle so that the outlet port is below the
inlet will also help prevent oil collection. Mufflers that are 5. A single muffler may be installed on a common discharge
mounted vertically will not coil oil. line. However, some customers prefer to install one muffler
per compressor on parallel racks.
3. A vibration eliminator should be installed between the
compressor and the muffler to prevent transmitted
Materials of Construction Technical Specification

The main body and internal baffles are made from carbon steel. Allowable Operating Pressure = 0 to 3,100 kPa
O O
The connections are made from plated carbon steel. Allowable Operating Temperature = 0 C to 120 C (1/2 to 7/8 ID)
O O
Allowable Operating Temperature = -15 C to 120 C (1-1/8 to 3-1/8 ID)
Heldon
Connection Size Dimensions (mm) Weight

Part No.
(Inch) A B C (kg)
S-6304 1/2 76 197 19 1.06
S-6305 5/8 76 197 19 1.08
S-6307 7/8 76 246 11 1.25
S-6311 1 1/8 76 246 11 1.32
S-6404 1/2 102 171 24 1.62
S-6405 5/8 102 171 24 1.62
S-6406 3/4 102 178 24 1.62
S-6407 7/8 102 178 24 1.62
S-6411 1 1/8 102 324 24 2.30
S-6413 1 3/8 102 349 24 2.62
S-6415 1 5/8 102 464 19 3.35
S-6621 2 1/8 152 533 32 8.20
S-6625 2 5/8 152 533 25 9.00
S-6631 3 1/8 152 568 19 9.00
Discharge Muffler
Heldon vs Henry Cross Reference
Henry Heldon Old Connection Size (Inch)
N/A 3400-3206 3/8

S-6304 3400-3208 1/2
S-6305 3400-3210 5/8
N/A 3400-3212 3/4
S-6307 3400-4814 7/8
S-6311 3400-4818 1 1/8
S-6413 3400-6422 1 3/8
S-6415 3400-6426 1 5/8
S-6621 3400-9634 2 1/8
S-6625 3400-9642 2 5/8
S-6631 3400-9650 3 1/8
Heldon
LIQUID RECEIVERS
Introduction
Liquid Receivers collect the condensed liquid refrigerant exiting
the condenser. Their internal volume allows them to store this
refrigerant during fluctuating load conditions. Sized correctly
they can store the entire refrigerant charge of a system during
pump down. A pickup tube at the vessels outlet guarantees that
a liquid seal is established ensuring only liquid refrigerant enters
the liquid line.
Heldon manufacture a wide range of Liquid Receivers in both

Vertical and Horizontal configurations. A Standard range of
Vertical Receivers is available from 1.4 litres through to 14.5 litres.
Larger Vertical or Horizontal configurations up to 250 litres in
volume can be manufactured to suit individual customer needs,
all with short lead times.
Built to either AS 1210 or AS 2971standards, Heldon’s

manufacturing plant has the capability to produce pressure
vessels with shell diameters ranging from 100mm through to
508mm. Suitable for use with all current refrigerants, vessels can
be specifically made to suit R410A, CO2 or Ammonia applications.
Made to order receivers can be fitted with a range of service

valves, sight glass combinations, liquid level sensors and pressure
relief valve access ports. Custom bracketery to suit customer
specifications is also available.
Features Benefits
1. Designed for Maximum Flow & Minimum Pressure Drop. 1. Negligible loss in system efficiency.
2. Manufactured & Tested to all relevant pressure vessel codes 2. Verified vessel integrity and quality.
3. In stock or short lead times for manufacture. 3. Availability or quick turn-around guaranteed.
4. MTO Shell Diameters available: 100mm, 114mm, 165mm, 4. Vessels can be made to suit your specific application.
219mm 273mm, 323mm, 357mm, 406mm, 457mm and
508mm.
5. Large vessels can feature Full Flow Rotalock Valves with 5. Offers flexibility of choice.
copper tails up to 1-5/8 ID.
6. Cast Iron Service Valves with 1-5/8 or 2-1/8 ID Flange 6. Heavy Duty Service Valves for the toughest conditions.
sweat connections available.
7. Copper or Steel Pickup Tubes available in diameters of: 7. Custom made to your specifications.
1/2, 3/4, 1-3/8 & 1-5/8 inches.
8. 3/8 or 1/2 NPT Couplings available on larger vessels. 8. Liquid Level Alarms & Pressure Relief Valves can be
installed easily.
9. Rotalock Sight Glasses or 2-1/4 Liquid Indicators can be 9. Visual inspection of liquid level provides valuable
specified on larger vessels. information of plant performance.
10. Custom bracketery available for larger vessels. 10. Liquid Receiver can become the platform for system
auxiliaries.
11. Standard Operating Pressure’s available for Heldon Liquid 11. Suitable for use with a wide range of refrigerants.
Receivers can be up to 4,800 kPa.
Manufactured in accordance with AS 1210 or AS2971.
Safe Working Pressure: 3,200 kPa or higher is available on request.
Heldon
Standard Vertical Liquid Receivers

Overall Inlet Outlet
Conn. Conn. Conn. Conn. Design
Height Dia. Height Height Volume Weight
Part No. Inlet Inlet Outlet Outlet Pressure
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (litres) (kg)
(Inches) Position Inches Position (kPa)
A B C D
To suit 3/4"
3310-064014 1/4 ID copper tail Side Top 200 100 170 N/A 1.4 1.10 3200
R/L nut
To suit 3/4"
3310-064724 3/8 ID copper tail Side Side 249 120 195 195 2.4 2.30 3200
R/L nut
To suit 3/4"
3310-084724 3/8 ID copper tail Side Top 249 120 195 N/A 2.4 2.30 3200
R/L nut
To suit 3/4"
3310-105544 1/2 ID copper tail Side Side 337 140 272 207 4.4 3.30 3200
R/L nut
To suit 1" R/L
3310-167082 To suit 1 R/L nut Side Side 396 180 317 317 8.2 6.10 3200
nut
To suit 1" R/L
nut
To suit 1" R/L
nut
Heldon
Large Vertical Liquid Receivers

Design Overall Height Dia.
Volume Pump Down*
Part No. Pressure Valve Style (mm) (mm ) Standard
(litres) Capacity (kg)
(kPa) A B
HVR-003 79 64 3000 Comp. Valve - 1 5/8 324 1143 AS1210.3
HVR-016 100 81 3000 Comp. Valve - 2 1/8 356 1186 AS1210.3
HVR-001 108 87 2800 RL - 1 3/8 ID 1 3/4 Con. 324 1692 AS1210.3
HVR-008 117 95 3000 Comp. Valve - 1 5/8 356 1377 AS1210.3
HVR-017 128 103 3000 Comp. Valve - 2 1/8 356 1481 AS1210.3
HVR-011 160 129 3000 Comp. Valve - 1 5/8 406 1481 AS1210.3
HVR-012 160 129 3000 Comp.Valve - 2 1/8 406 1481 AS1210.3
HVR-009 167 135 3200 Comp. Valve - 2 1/8 406 1481 AS1210.3
HVR-014 212 171 3000 Comp. Valve - 2 1/8 457 1567 AS1210.3
*At 80% full @ 32oC R404A
Large Horizontal Liquid Receivers

Pump Down* Design Overall Height Dia.
Volume
Part No. Capacity Pressure Valve Style (mm) (mm ) Standard
(litres)
(kg) (kPa) A B
HHR-018 42 34 3200 RL - 3/4 ID x 1 1/4 Con. 1264 219 AS1210.3
HHR-014 70 57 2800 RL - 1 3/8 ID x 1 3/4 Con. 1393 273 AS1210.3
HHR-012 105 85 3000 RL - 1 5/8 ID x 1 3/4 Con. 976 406 AS1210.3
HHR-002 108 87 2800 RL - 1 3/8 ID x 1 3/4 Con. 1516 324 AS1210.3
HHR-011 135 109 3000 Comp. Valve - 2 1/8 1565 356 AS1210.3
HHR-008 150 121 3000 RL - 1 3/8 ID x 1 3/4 Con. 1270 406 AS1210.3
HHR-007 163 132 3000 Comp.Valve - 2 1/8 1465 406 AS1210.3
HHR-016 221 179 3200 Comp.Valve - 2 1/8 1465 457 AS1210.3
*At 80% full @ 32oC R404A Note: RL = Full Flow Rotalock Service Valve
Comp. Valve = Cast Iron Service Valve
Heldon
SUCTION ACCUMULATORS
Introduction
The refrigeration compressor is designed to compress vapour
only. A suction line accumulator prevents compressor damage
from a sudden surge of liquid refrigerant and oil which could
enter the compressor from the suction line. The suction
line accumulator is a temporary reservoir for this mixture,
designed to meter both the liquid refrigerant and oil back to the
compressor at an acceptable rate. This prevents damage to the
reed valves, pistons, rods, and crank shafts.
Features Benefits
2. Optimised metering device orifice for maximum mass flow. 2. Positive oil return with controlled liquid injection
3. A 30 mesh screen fitted to the orifice of the metering device. 3. Reduced chance of orifice blocking.
4. U-tube inlet positioned is separated from the vessel inlet. 4. Reduced risk of high velocity liquid carry over.
5. Stamped inlet position. 5. Ensures correct installation orientation.
6. Powder coated finish. 6. Exceeds 500 hours ASTM salt spray tests.
Technical Specification Accumulator Selection

Manufactured in accordance with AS 2971, AS 1210 or UL207 Selection of a suction accumulator should be made based on
the following:
Standard Suction Accumulators
Safe Working Pressure: 2,500 kPa 1. The accumulator should have an adequate liquid holding capac-
Minimum Burst Pressure: 12,500 kPa ity, which can vary with the system. Normally this should not be
less than 50% of the system charge (for TXV systems).
SA-7 Series Suction Accumulators
Safe Working Pressure: 3,100 kPa 2. The system designer must ensure that the refrigeration capacity
Minimum Burst Pressure: 15,500 kPa is within the capacity of the suction accumulator.
The Design Temperature range of all suction accumulators is Accumulator Location

-30oC to 50oC. Copper tubing and fittings in accordance with AS Position the suction accumulator between the evaporator and the
1571-1995 or ASTM B28. Vessel Classification (As 2971) is Class compressor. Installing at the same level of the compressor and
2 Tier 1. Contents Hazard level: Non-Harmful.
Pressure Valves
as close to the compressor as possible will ensure the shortest

pipe run between the outlet of the suction accumulator and the
Note: Heldon Suction Accumulators have the inlet connector
compressor service valve.
clearly identified to avoid incorrect installation. If connected in
the wrong orientation oil and/or liquid refrigerant will become Effects Of Liquid “Slugging” On A Compressor
trapped inside the accumulator resulting in catastrophic
Liquid slugging occurs when a sudden surge of liquid refrigerant
compressor failure from oil starvation to the compressor or
(or oil) is allowed to return to the compressor from the suction line.
slugging back to the compressor.
If this sudden surge of liquid enters the compressor this could
result in damage to the reed valves, pistons, rods, and crank shafts
resulting in compressor failure.
Heldon
New Refrigerants Table 1.
New generation refrigerants & oils can be immiscible at lower
temperatures and can actually separate into layers in the base Approximate Effect of Gas Line Pressure Drops on R-22
of an accumulator. The Heldon suction accumulator provides Compressor Capacity and Power *
active mixing through a combination of inlet flow direction, outlet Line Loss, K
U-tube positioning and dedicated metering device location. Capacity % Energy % **
Suction Line
Field Replacement 0 100 100

1 96.8 104.3
Heldon recommends to replace an accumulator after a
compressor failure. System contaminants and "old" oil inside the 2 93.6 107.3
vessel can significantly reduce the life span of the replacement
compressor.
* For an evaporating temperature of 5oC
Effects of Pressure drop on system capacity on suction lines: and 40oC condensing
When sizing piping and components for refrigeration systems, ** Energy rated @ kW power/kW cooling effect
there is a balance between costs imposed for larger piping and Recommended system practices for Halocarbon refrigerants
components, versus efficiency considerations due to pressure according to the ASHRAE Handbook R02 – Refrigeration, takes
drop and oil entrainment. into consideration economic factors such as costs of materials and
system efficiency. Pressure drop calculations for each segment
Pressure drop in suction linesv can cause a dramatic reduction
of the system are based on change in saturation temperature of
in system capacity as Table 1 demonstrates.
the refrigerant in suction lines the total drop should be limited to
1 K in equivalent pressure loss.
Description
Suction line accumulators are installed in air conditioning and Provision for pressure relief valve.
refrigeration systems where a sudden return of liquid down the Specific models only.
suction line is possible. They are installed immediately before
the compressor.
The suction accumulator is designed to allow only refrigerant Outlet Intlet

vapour to return to the compressor. This is achieved by utilising
a U-tube design incorporated in the outlet of the vessel.
This design allows vapour to be drawn off even when the Deflector
Balance
accumulator is almost completely full of liquid refrigerant. Plate
Hole
A screened orifice fitted to the lowest point of the U-tube allows
any liquid (oil or refrigerant) to be metered back into vapour
suspension to be returned safely to the compressor.
A vent hole positioned at the top of the U-tube prevents a flooded

accumulator from "slugging" at system start-up. Flooding of the
suction accumulator can occur during the off-cycle. Improved
system balance can also be achieved with the installation of a
correctly selected suction accumulator.
The suction accumulator also act as a storage vessel for any

liquid refrigerant returning from the evaporator as a result
of condenser or evaporator load variations as well as provide
protection from liquid migration to the compressor during its
off-cycle. Screened Orifice
The Heldon and Henry suction accumulators come in a range

of refrigeration capacities, holding volumes and connection
sizes. The range is suitable for all popular refrigerants including
R410A and CO2.
Heldon
A Worked Example
The standard range of Accumulators have been sized to ensure
no more than a 1/2 K temperature loss across them when they
are within the Max kW ratings as called out on the table. In order
to select the correct model the following conditions should be
established:
Determine the Evaporating Temperature (°C)

Type of Refrigerant used (e.g. R404A)
The total cooling load (kW)
Trapping Capacity (kg) of Refrigerant at -15OC
Data from the following chart may then be used to select:
Connection Trapping kW of Refrigeration (Max)

Henry
Size ID Capacity R134a R404A/R507 R22 R407C
Part No.
(Inch) (kg) -10C -5C 0C -40C -20C -5C -40C -20C -5C -20C -5C 5C
SA-7044 1/2 0.9 2.2 2.6 3.2 1.0 2.3 4.1 1.1 2.6 4.4 2.3 4.1 6.0
SA-7045 5/8 0.9 4.1 5.0 6.1 1.8 4.4 7.9 2.1 5.0 8.5 4.3 7.9 11.3
SA-7045S 5/8 1.53 4.1 5.0 6.1 1.8 4.4 7.9 2.1 5.0 8.5 4.3 7.9 11.3
SA-7046 3/4 1.53 11.8 14.3 17.2 4.0 9.4 16.2 6.5 14.5 24.1 7.9 16.7 23.4
SA-7056 3/4 2.17 11.8 14.3 17.2 4.0 9.4 16.2 6.5 14.5 24.1 7.9 16.7 23.4
SA-7057S 7/8 2.17 12.6 15.5 18.8 5.5 13.6 24.0 6.5 15.2 26.1 13.3 24.2 34.7
SA-7057 7/8 3.4 12.6 15.5 18.8 5.5 13.6 24.0 6.5 15.2 26.1 13.3 24.2 37.7
SA-7051 1 1/8 4.3 25.0 30.5 37.1 11.0 26.8 47.5 13.0 30.2 51.5 26.3 47.8 68.3
SA-7053 1 3/8 4.3 45.8 56.0 69.5 20.1 32.1 86.8 23.8 55.5 94.5 48.3 87.5 125.0
SA-7065 1 5/8 10 76.0 93.0 113.0 33.4 81.5 143.6 39.7 92.3 160.0 80.0 145.1 206.8
Example:
New Henry Trapping kW of Refrigeration (Max)

SA-7 Series Capacity R404A/R507
Part No. (kg) -40oC -20oC -5oC Evaporating Temp.
SA-7057 3.4 5.5 13.6 24.0 Too Low
SA-7051 4.3 11.0 26.8 47.5
SA-7053 4.3 20.1 32.1 86.8 Too High
Selection made Refrigeration Capacity
How to Read the Table

1. For an R404A system at 30 kW duty, evaporating at -5OC and
condensing at 40OC, follow the data for R404A/R507, select
the nearest higher capacity for the system, in this case 47.5
kW.
2. Next read across to the model designation for ordering

information. Ensure that the model selected has enough
trapping capacity to hold 50% of the total system charge. In
the selected model’s case this will be 4.3 kg. This implies
that the total system charge will be 8.6 kg.
Heldon
Heldon Nomenclature
Series Number 3100 - XX XX XX _

Suction Accumulators
ID Connection Size P = Parker Replacement

08 = 1/2” 22 = 1 3/8”
A = Alco Replacement
10 = 5/8” 26 = 1 5/8” Nominal Shell Diameter
12 = 3/4” 34 = 2 1/8” 30 = 3” 60 = 6”
14 = 7/8” 42 = 2 5/8” 40 = 4” 65 = 6.5” Volume (Litres)
18 = 1 1/8” 50 = 3 1/8” 50 = 5” 86 = 8.6” 07 = 0.7 LTS 59 = 5.8 LTS

55 = 5.5” 11 = 11” 16 = 1.6 LTS 63 = 6.3 LTS
17 = 1.7 LTS 72 = 7.2 LTS
19 = 1.9 LTS 96 = 9.6 LTS
24 = 2.4 LTS 10 = 10.5 LTS
26 = 2.6 LTS 13 = 13 LTS
Heldon Nomenclature 34 = 3.4 LTS 15 = 15 LTS
SA-7044 equivalent to 3100-084010A 40 = 4.0 LTS 25 = 25 LTS
SA-7045 equivalent to 3100-104010A 55 = 5.5 LTS 35 = 35 LTS
SA-7045S equivalent to 3100-104017A
SA-7046 equivalent to 3100-124017A
SA-7057S equivalent to 3100-145024A
Heldon P-Series & SA-7 Series Suction Accumulator cross reference tables
Heldon P-Series/Parker 'Drop-In' Replacement
Heldon Part No. Parker Model Henry Part No. Alco Part No.
3100-104016P PA4065-9-5C SA-7044 AAS-464
3100-124016P PA4065-9-6C SA-7045 AAS-465
3100-125024P PA5083-9-6C SA-7045S AAS-4105
3100-125029P PA5083-11-6C SA-7046 AAS-4106
3100-145034P PA5083-12-7C SA-7056 AAS-596
3100-186055P PA6125-15-9C SA-7057S AAS-597
3100-186063P PA6125-18-9C SA-7057 AAS-5137
3100-226071P PA6125-20-11C SA-7051 AAS-5179
SA-7053 AAS-51711
SA-7065 AAS-62513
NOTE:
The SA-7 Series accumulators are provided with a plugged socket for the provision of a pressure relief valve.
The use of a relief device is required under UL207 standard (overseas markets only).
The Heldon P-series/Parker accumulators have connectors that are offset to the vessel centerline.
Heldon
Nominal Capacity kW @ +5OC set & 30OC sct, pressure drop = 7 kPa
Volume
Conn. Size ID Dimensions (mm) Weight
Part No. Volume R404A R134a R410A
(Inch) (kg)
(L) A Dia. A B C D
3100-083007 1/2 0.7 3.8 2.5 3.8 76 200 172 41.5 1.40
3100-084015 1/2 1.5 3.8 2.5 3.8 102 210 214 52 1.20
3100-104016P 5/8 1.6 7.4 6.2 7.4 102 218 194 43.5 1.90
3100-104019 5/8 1.9 7.4 6.2 7.4 102 305 270 52 2.60
3100-124016P 3/4 1.6 13.4 11.2 13.4 102 244 220 43.5 2.20
3100-125024P 3/4 2.4 13.4 11.2 13.4 127 215 186 43.5 2.80
3100-125029P 3/4 2.6 13.4 11.2 13.4 127 255 222 43.5 3.20
3100-145034P 7/8 3.4 19.0 15.8 19.0 127 285 245 43.5 3.50
3100-145040 7/8 4.0 19.0 15.8 19.0 127 368 328 70 3.80
3100-185040 1 1/8 4.0 31.7 31.1 31.7 127 360 315 70 3.80
3100-185559 1 1/8 5.9 31.7 31.1 31.7 140 430 385 75 6.20
3100-186055P 1 1/8 5.5 31.7 31.1 31.7 159 390 340 60.5 5.90
3100-186063P 1 1/8 6.3 31.7 31.1 31.7 159 470 420 60.5 6.80
3100-226071P 1 3/8 7.1 42.2 38.9 42.2 160 460 406 60.5 7.40
3100-226563 1 3/8 6.3 42.2 38.9 42.2 160 350 305 85 6.20
3100-266510 1 5/8 10.5 102.0 87.3 102.0 160 575 525 85 9.30
3100-346013P 2 1/8 13.0 195.0 141.0 215.0 160 874 820 70.5 14.00
3100-348615 2 1/8 15.0 195.0 141.0 215.0 219 533 499 123 13.30
Nominal Capacity kW @ +5OC set & 30OC sct, pressure drop = 7 kPa
Volume Dimensions
Conn. Size ID Weight
Part No. Volume R404A R134a R410A (mm)
(Inch) (kg)
(L) A Dia. A B C D
SA-7044 1/2 1.0 10.2 5.8 9.8 102 168 143 63.5 1.27
SA-7045 5/8 1.0 7.4 6.2 7.4 102 165 143 63.5 1.27
SA-7045S 5/8 1.7 7.4 6.2 7.4 102 279 254 63.5 2.10
SA-7046 3/4 1.7 13.4 11.2 13.4 102 284 254 63.5 2.10
SA-7056 3/4 2.4 13.4 11.2 13.4 127 246 216 70 2.30
SA-7057S 7/8 2.4 19.0 15.8 19.0 127 251 216 70 2.90
SA-7057 7/8 3.7 19.0 15.8 19.0 127 374 340 70 3.22
SA-7051 1 1/8 4.8 31.7 31.1 31.7 127 466 429 70 3.80
SA-7053 1 3/8 4.8 42.2 38.9 42.2 127 470 430 70 3.80
SA-7065 1 5/8 11.0 102.0 87.3 102.0 160 680 635 75 10.30
Note: All Heldon Suction Accumulators are to

be mounted vertically.
More sizes are available on request.
Heldon
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Introduction
This technical guide is intended for oil management systems
installed with reciprocating or scroll compressors using HCFC
or HFC refrigerants. For other systems, please contact Heldon
Products Australia Pty. Ltd. for guidance.
An efficient oil management system is essential to ensure

compressor lubrication and energy efficient cooling.
An oil management system is a cost effective alternative to

replacing expensive compressors due to incorrect lubrication. If
selected and installed correctly, an oil management system will
give years of trouble free operation, protecting the compressors
from both low and excess oil levels, with little or no maintenance.
Excessive oil within the system can lead to a slug of oil returning
to the compressor. A slug of oil can be as damaging to a
compressor as a slug of liquid refrigerant. By removing oil from
the discharge gas, the system efficiency is increased. Oil in a
refrigeration or air conditioning system reduces the efficiency
of the system by:-
1. A reduction in heat transfer due to oil coating of the
condenser and evaporator walls.
2. Displacing refrigerant volume resulting in an increase in
system mass flow.
Oil does not change phase from uid to vapour and is therefore a
very poor refrigerant. A minimal amount of oil flowing through
the system is necessary to provide lubrication to valves, but only
a very small amount is needed.
Single Compressor System

A single compressor has the most basic oil system. The Single Compressor System
compressor discharge is piped to the inlet of an oil separator (2)
and the outlet of the oil separator is piped to the condenser (3).
A discharge check valve should be fitted (4). An oil return line (6)
is connected from the oil separator through an oil strainer (5),
oil filter (10) or oil filter drier (11), to the compressor crankcase.
A float valve in the oil separator opens and feeds a small amount
of oil by-passing the rest of the cooling system. The oil is returned
under discharge pressure to the crankcase. The float valve
prevents hot gas from bypassing to the crankcase by closing
when the oil level falls.
It is recognised best practice to fit a solenoid valve, sight glass

and shut-off valve in the oil return line. These components are
not shown in the diagram.
Refer to equipment list for further details on each component

in the oil system.
Heldon
Low Pressure Oil Management System
This system is normally used for parallel compressors and uses Low Pressure Oil Management System
three main components; Oil Separator (2), Oil Reservoir (7) and
Oil Level Regulators (9).
The common discharge line is piped to the inlet of the oil

separator and the outlet of the oil separator is piped to the
condenser via a discharge check valve (4). An oil return line
is connected from the oil separator to the top valve of the oil
reservoir (7). A vent line (8) is installed to the suction line, using
a pressure valve (12), to reduce the pressure in the reservoir,
making it a so called “low pressure oil system”. This valve will
keep the reservoir pressure at a set pressure above the suction
pressure. Although mechanical oil level regulators (9) are shown
in the diagram, Optronic oil level regulators can also be used.
The bottom valve of the oil reservoir is piped to the oil level
regulators mounted on the compressor crankcases. These
regulators open to feed oil as the oil level drops and close as
the oil level rises to the set level. In this way, the oil level in the
compressor is controlled. An oil strainer (5) per regulator should On dual temperature and satellite systems, ensure that all
be used to remove debris from the oil. One oil strainer is installed regulators see a positive oil differential pressure that falls within
between the oil reservoir and each regulator. Alternatively, the their allowable operating range.
oil strainers may be replaced by one oil filter (10) or an oil filter
drier (11). It is recognised best practice to fit a solenoid valve, sight glass
Due to the scavenging nature of POE oil, it is recommended to not shown in the diagram.
install either an oil filter or oil filter drier on a HFC / POE system
instead of individual oil strainers. Refer to equipment list for further details on each component
in the oil system.
High Pressure Oil Management System

High Pressure Oil Management Systems remove the need for High Pressure Oil Management System
a separate oil reservoir. This type of system also reduces the
amount of pipe work and fittings.
A high pressure oil management system relies on the oil level

regulators being able to operate with a high pressure differential.
Mechanical oil level regulators should not be used on this type
of system. The Optronic oil level regulator is recommended for
this application. A high pressure system is not recommended for
HCFC/mineral oil systems due to the potential foaming problems.
A discharge check valve should be fitted (4). An oil separator-

reservoir (13) is fitted in the discharge line similar to an oil
separator. The oil return connection, positioned at the bottom of
the vessel, is piped to the oil level regulators. An oil filter (10) or
oil filter drier (11) should be installed between the oil separator-
reservoir and the regulators (14).
It is recognised best practice to fit a solenoid valve, sight glass

not shown in the diagram.
Refer to equipment list for further details on each component

in the oil system.
Heldon
Equipment List For Oil Level Control
1. Compressor 10. Oil Filter
The function of an Oil Filter is to remove system debris from
2. Oil Separator the refrigerant oil. An oil filter is recommended for HFC / POE
The function of an Oil Separator is to remove oil from the systems instead of individual oil strainers, where filtration
discharge gas and return it to the compressor, either directly only is required.
or indirectly. This helps maintain the compressor crankcase
oil level and raises the efficiency of the system by preventing 11. Oil Filter Drier
excessive oil circulation. Oil Separators are not 100% efficient, The function of an Oil Filter Drier is to remove both system
so installing an oil separator should not be viewed as a debris and moisture from the refrigerant oil. An oil filter drier
replacement for oil traps, accumulators, or good oil return is recommended for HFC / POE systems instead of individual
piping practices. Heldon Products Australia manufactures oil strainers, where both filtration and moisture removal is
two different types of oil separator; Conventional and Helical. required.
3. Condenser
12. Pressure Vent Valve
4. Discharge Check Valve The function of a Pressure Vent Valve is to maintain a positive
The function of a Check Valve is to allow fluid flow in one pressure in the Oil Reservoir above the compressor crankcase
direction only. This prevents condensed liquid refrigerant pressure. Three different pressure settings are available; 0.35
returning down the discharge line into the separator. If this barg, 1.4 barg and 2.4 barg. A higher pressure differential will
check valve is not installed the separator can feed excessive increase the oil flow rate from the oil reservoir back to the
liquid refrigerant into the compressor on start up. This can compressors. The pressure setting should be selected taking
cause oil dilution, excessive foaming, erratic oil pressures into account the allowable oil pressure differential of the oil
and possible compressor damage. The check valve must be level regulator.
installed after the oil separator.
13. Oil Separator-Reservoir
5. Oil strainer The function of an Oil Separator-Reservoir is to provide a
The function of an oil strainer is to remove system debris from Separator and Oil Reservoir in one unit. It is designed for
the refrigerant oil. Their purpose is to protect compressors high pressure oil management systems and eliminates the
and oil level regulators from damage. For recommendations need for a separate Oil Reservoir and its associated piping.
on HFC / POE systems, refer to the Heldon catalogue section
on oil filters and oil filter driers. 14. Optronic Oil Regulator
The function of the Optronic Regulator is to control the oil level
6. Oil Return Line
in the compressor crankcase. This protects the compressors
7. Oil Reservoir from damage. This regulator can be used on high pressure
The function of an Oil Reservoir is to provide a holding charge oil management system.
of oil, as part of a Low Pressure Oil Management System.
The amount of oil circulating in a system varies depending
on the operating conditions. The oil reservoir caters for these
fluctuations by providing additional storage capacity.
8. Vent Line
9. Mechanical Oil Level Regulators

The function of a Mechanical Oil Level Regulator is to control
the oil level in the compressor crankcase. This protects the
compressors from damage. Heldon’s oil level regulator
feature an adjustable float mechanism which means that
the crankcase oil level can be adjusted, in line with the
compressor manufacturer’s guidelines.
These regulators have an allowable oil pressure differential

range of 0.35 to 6.2 barg. Oil pressure differential is the
difference between the crankcase pressure and the pressure
in the oil reservoir. Gravity pressure head should be included
also, if applicable.
A model fitted with an equalisation connection is also

available, which enables the oil levels between several
compressors to be balanced.
Heldon
OIL SEPARATORS
Introduction
The refrigeration compressor is lubricated by an oil charge that
resides in its crankcase. Unfortunately, due to the compression
process, oil in an aerosol form can be carried by refrigerant
out into the system and as a result not provide the required
lubrication for the compressors components. The challenge for
refrigeration system engineers is to keep this vital lubricant where
it is required and to facilitate the return of any oil that has been
released into the system.
The purpose of this document therefore is to highlight this oil’s

intimate working relationship with the systems refrigerant and
how to best ensure that any oil that leaves the compressor
during the compression process returns as quickly as possible to
the crankcase. Although a well-designed piping system can
facilitate the oil’s successful passage through the entire system,
one of the best answers to this challenge is to employ an oil
separator.
Refrigerant & Oil – Oils & Refrigeration:

A close working relationship High pressure side challenges
The refrigeration systems refrigerant charge and its oil are When the compression process takes place, the discharged
miscible (the oil is soluble in the refrigerant). The miscibility ratio high pressure refrigerant exits the compressor with a fine
of refrigerant and oil is dependent on a number of factors such as: oil mist entrained in it. The oil and refrigerant readily mix in
the discharge line and condenser due to the high pressure/
• The actual refrigerant type. temperature of the refrigerant vapour. Unfortunately what
• The oil type (Synthetic, Mineral and associated Viscosities). happens next is the beginnings of the problem of oil “carry
• The operating pressures and temperatures of that particular over” for a refrigeration system.
system. (Overall system design including pipework and
componentry play a significant role as well) The high pressures in the condenser cannot prevent an oil film
from coating the inner walls of this heat exchanger and from
Often the above items are somewhat ‘fixed’ being part of an commencing a new role as an effective insulator reducing
existing system employed for a particular duty. The refrigerant the overall rate of heat transfer. This results in increases in
type and its compatible oil are a product of the systems both operating head pressures and the saturated condensing
application. Also, the operating pressures and temperatures temperatures of the refrigerant, effectively reducing the capacity
are governed by the duty in question and the means of of the condenser. As a rule general rule, for every 1K rise above
condensing (air cooled or water cooled) available. The actual the condensing unit's design condensing temperatures, the unit's
quantity of oil “carried over” into a refrigeration system is also overall refrigeration capacity drops by approximately 1%. As a
dependent upon: result, you are getting far less efficiency out of the condenser.
• The compressors design. The oil’s presence also reduces the condenser's volumetric
• The age (wear) of the compressor. capacity by reducing the amount of refrigerant present in the heat
• The compressors configuration - a single unit as opposed to exchanger by the exact amount of its own volume. Eg. if 10% of
multiple units in parallel. the “miscible” refrigerant / oil solution is oil, then only 90% of
this mix is refrigerant.
The effects of "Carry over" oil can lead to a shortage of the
lubricant in the compressor crankcase. Adding oil to compensate This will result in a reduced capacity of the heat exchanger,
and raise the oil level can lead to undesirable effects when the retarding the rejection of heat and consequently the system's
extra oil returns to the compressor. This can in turn increase the refrigeration effect. Longer running times are required in order to
amount of carry over oil in the system. circulate the higher mass flow of refrigerant required to achieve
the desired refrigeration effect. This oil film can be seen to cause
Therefore the scope of this technical document will only focus system inefficiencies resulting in higher system running costs.
upon the effects of ‘free’ oil that has been discharged into the
systems pipework and componentry, its effects on the operation The higher head pressures generated as a result of an inefficient
of a refrigeration system and conclude with how an oil separator condenser quickly lead to the creation of unusually high discharge
can be of benefit in the management of oil return. temperatures from the compressor resulting in lubricant
Heldon
breakdown and the formation of oil sludge, carbon and varnish Operators must be acutely aware to avoid creating a system
deposits. Lubricant breakdown can also be be contributed to that has an oil logged evaporator with a high load demand.
by the effects of catalytic metals such as iron and copper in the The high refrigerant velocities created in this situation may return
refrigeration system. all the oil at once in a damaging “liquid slug” to the compressor.
Such an “oil slug” can be as damaging to the compressor as that
Please refer to the technical information document on Filter of a “slug” of liquid refrigerant.
Driers and Drier Cores for further information.
Exiting the condenser, passing through the liquid receiver and on Moving towards greater efficiency
to the refrigerant control, the refrigeration oil finds itself soluble In order to have the refrigeration system operating at its highest
with the liquid refrigerant. This results in a positive movement levels of efficiency we must:
of the oil towards the compressor.
• Make evaporator heat transfer area between low side
refrigerant and the medium to be cooled as intimate as possible
Oils & Refrigeration: Low pressure (so avoiding oil films that create an insulating effect). This
keeps the refrigerant mass flow rates at design ratings, loading
side challenges the evaporator correctly keeping the saturated evaporating
temperatures up and raising the compressor's refrigeration
The evaporator is also subjected to the inefficiencies created by
capacity. This results in less defrost cycles in refrigerant-to-air
this excess oil. The problem is compounded by the oil now being
type evaporators as the temperature differences between the
in the low pressure side of the refrigeration system. When the
return air values and s.e.t’s will be of a smaller value delivering
latent heat of vapourisation creates the phase change from a
a higher relative humidity.
liquid refrigerant to a vapour, the effective movement of the oil
is reduced significantly. The oil and vapour will not mix readily • Make the condenser heat transfer area between high side
in the evaporator. This forces the oil to precipitate out of the refrigerant and the heat sink as intimate as possible again
solution and accumulate on the inner walls of the heat exchanger avoiding oil films that create an insulating effect. The
affecting heat transfer to the refrigerant and interrupting the flow temperature difference between the two will be at the lowest
of lubricant back to the compressors crankcase. levels that the design dictates, resulting in the most efficient
saturated condensing temperatures/pressures possible.
Excess oil in the evaporator can be even more detrimental to the
refrigeration system than the excess oil in the condenser due to the
effects of the expansion valve. When the oil/refrigerant mix exits Recommendations
this valve, the pressure drop that occurs causes the oil to foam. Heldon's recommendation is to be pro-active and install an Oil
This results in the generation of a film of oil bubbles that is of a Separator to manage the collection and return of the oil carried
even greater thickness than that experienced in the high side heat over into the discharge line as a result of the compression process.
exchanger. The lower temperatures further complicate matters Whilst not 100% efficient in their operation and not a substitute
due to their affects on the refrigeration oil's thickness or viscosity, for a correctly designed system, their inclusion will satisfactorily
making it much more difficult to move and consequently trapping protect the compressor from lubrication issues and “oil slugs”.
the oil in the evaporator. Extreme cases of this condition can
lead to an “oil logged” evaporator. Whilst originally designed to maintain the correct oil level in the
compressor, the oil separator is now well recognised for its critical
Volumetric capacity is also reduced by the displacing effects role in preventing the circulation of oil throughout the system. It
of the oil on the systems refrigerant. The net result is a lower also provides the advantage of an effective muffling action on the
operating saturated suction temperature / pressure as the discharge vapour pulsations exiting reciprocating compressors,
refrigerant fails to find adequate heat, ‘starving’ the rate of reducing unwanted noise.
heat transfer, lowering the refrigeration capacity values for the
compressor and producing longer motor running times in order By installing an oil separator the heat exchangers on both the
to achieve temperature. high side and low side will operate more efficiently without the
insulating effect of the excess oil present in the coils.
The refrigerant vapour’s velocity is the only effective tool in
returning the sluggish oil. It must strike the right balance of This will result in higher system efficiencies over the life of
velocity between being high enough to facilitate a “rifling” effect the plant, reduced running costs and subsequently reduced
of the oil droplets along the inner walls of the heat exchanger and emissions.
suction line but not too high that troublesome noise and excessive
pressure drop are created. This balance act if correct will ensure
good net oil return without penalising refrigeration capacity. If
the balance is wrong the result will be a system that will have to
work much harder and longer to achieve the required temperature,
grossly affecting running costs and energy usage of the plant.
Heldon
The Oil Separator – an Introduction Inlet Connection Outlet Connection
As a general rule an oil separator should be employed on any

system that may struggle with an adequate oil return. Whenever Oil Return
there is an excessive amount of oil in circulation or the risk of Connection
efficiency losses at the heat exchangers due to the effects of an
oil film, it is good practice to install an oil separator.
Specifically, oil separators are recommended with the following

applications:
• Systems with long pipe runs and/or with long suction line/
discharge line risers.
• Non oil returning evaporators such as the flooded types.
• Low saturated suction temperature/Low temperature
systems.
• Systems employing capacity control or multiple
Inlet Screen Outlet
compressors operating in parallel.
• Systems employing immiscible refrigerants. Screen
• DX coils or tube bundles that require bottom feed for good
liquid distribution.
• Systems where off-cycle refrigerant condensation in the
Oil
compressor oil is troublesome.
Drain Baffle
Oil separators use various modes of oil separation to remove the
oil carried over in the discharge vapour that exits the compressor.
These methods include the reduction of velocity, impingement,
centrifugal force or coalescing elements. Oil separators vary in
capacity and efficiency depending upon the mass flow that is
being pumped through them. No oil separator is 100% efficient.
Ball Float
The scope of this document will focus on the two styles of oil
separator offered by Heldon Products Australia.
Needle Valve
• The conventional (Impingement) type. Assembly
• The Helical (Centrifugal Force) type.
Conventional Oil Separator
Conventional Oil Separator Operation

As discussed previously, the high pressure, superheated closing off the needle valve (at the pre-charge level) as
discharged refrigerant vapour is laden with an oil mist. On the oil is returned to the compressor crankcase or the oil
entry to the oil separator the velocity of the mass flow is greatly reservoir if an oil control system is used. Once closed the
reduced due to the larger volume of the vessel in relation to the needle valve prevents the return of high pressure vapour
discharge line. The oil particles having a greater momentum to the compressor crankcase. A small pre-charge of oil
than the refrigerant vapour impinge on the mesh of the inlet is required in the oil separator when installing to position
screen. The refrigerant vapour exits the oil separator on its way to start returning oil without taking oil from the required
to the condenser by passing through an outlet screen to further system oil charge.
remove any residual oil particles. All the oil particles then combine
in their relative screens and due to gravity, drain to the bottom
of the separator.
A float operated needle valve is positioned at the bottom of

the oil separator. The float mechanism will open and close
depending on the volume of oil present in the oil separator.
An increase in oil volume will lift the ballfloat opening the
needle valve to allow oil return. The ballfloat will lower,
Heldon
Helical Oil Separators Operation Outlet Connection
As oil-laden refrigerant has enters the helical oil separator the
refrigerant vapour encounters the leading edge of the helical !
flighting. The vapour/oil mixture is centrifugally forced along
the spiral path of the helix causing heavier oil particles to Inlet
spin to the perimeter, where impingement with a screen layer Connection
occurs. The screen layer functions as both an oil stripping and
draining medium. Separated oil flows downward along the
boundary of the shell through a baffle and into an oil collection
chamber at the bottom of the separator.
Helical
The specially engineered baffle isolates the oil chamber Flighting
and eliminates oil re-entrapment by preventing turbulence.
The virtually oil free refrigerant vapour then exits through a
secondary screen positioned just below the lower edge of the Mesh
helical flighting. A float activated oil return needle valve allows Screen
the separated oil to return to the compressor crankcase or
oil reservoir. There is a permanent magnet positioned at the
bottom of the oil collection chamber to capture any system
metal debris, which could impair the operation of the needle Oil Drain
valve. With correct selection, an oil separation efficiency of up Second Mesh Baffle
to approximately 99% can be achieved. Screen
Oil Separator Selection

Ball Oil
By using the tables provided it is possible to compare the Float Return
refrigeration capacity of the refrigeration system to that of the
Connection
oil separator. Data can include the capacity ratings for several
refrigerants at various saturated suction temperatures. Another Needle
type of rating method can include the compressor displacement Valve
volume. Either way, if capacity control is featured on the Assembly
compressor(s), an understanding of the system capacity in
relation to the percentage of full load run time will assist in the
Magnet
selection process. Also as the compressor’s refrigeration capacity
value will increase with a raise in suction pressure or a lowering
of condensing pressure, it is advisable that the oil separator Helical Oil Separator
selection be done employing figures gained from a refrigeration
system operating at its lowest compression ratio figure.
Installation of an Oil Separator

When installing an oil separator it must first be pre-charged with differentiate between liquid refrigerant and ‘liquid’ oil there is
oil. This quantity of oil is held in the sump of the oil separator and the risk that the float could lift off its seat and return liquid
is vital. If the oil separator is not pre-charged with the amount refrigerant to the compressors crankcase. Liquid refrigerant that
specified, (using oil of the same type as that of the compressor), enters the crankcase can produce a ‘cooling effect’ on the sump
damage can result to the oil return float mechanism. Further to oil, chilling it in temperature, raising its viscosity and consequently
this, if not pre-charged, the actual oil level in the compressor reducing the lubricating ability of the oil. Liquid refrigerant may
and its lubricating ability could be significantly affected due to also wash out bearings leading to damage.
any pumped-out oil getting ‘stuck’ in the oil separators sump and
not being able to return until such time as the float mechanism At the time of compressor start up, the reduction of pressure
is activated. inside the crankcase can cause any liquid refrigerant residing
in the oil, to vigorously boil off, leading to the creation of oil
The oil separator should be installed close to the compressor, ‘foam’. Mechanical oil pumps can struggle to create the required
in the discharge line between compressor and condenser. It is oil pressure to provide adequate lubrication for the compressors
recommended to install a check valve between the oil separator’s internals when they attempt to pump this low quality oil.
outlet and the condenser in order to prevent refrigerant from ‘Splash feed’ compressors can also suffer from the same problem.
‘migrating’ back to the oil separator to condense during
the system's off cycle. As the internal float mechanism cannot
Heldon
One answer to minimise this problem is to connect the oil return is lowered to its pre-charged level. If a sight glass is present
line into the suction line. This line would be equipped with a this will confirm whether it is oil or hot gas that is the cause of
shut off valve, an oil filter / strainer, a hand throttling valve, a this heat source. As the separator’s float mechanism opens the
solenoid valve and sight glass. The hand valve should be adjusted sight glass will display a sudden rush of oil and foam back to the
to provide a flow slightly greater in quantity than that of the ‘rifled’ compressor before reseating in the closed position.
oil return coming back down the suction line to the compressor.
Normally though, oil return lines are run from the oil return flare If the oil return line is at ambient temperature at all times, this
connection at the separator, to the compressor crankcase or to may indicate a blockage of the ballfloat valve preventing return
an oil reservoir if an oil control system is being used. The fitting oil flow. If the oil return line is constantly hot this may indicate a
of a sight glass to observe oil flow and an oil filter/strainer is ballfloat valve stuck open, a compressor that is pumping excessive
recommended to be installed in the return line. Polyolester oils oil back into the system or an oil logged system. There are many
are a solvent and will scavenge debris from a system that mineral causes of an oil separator malfunction either returning excessive
oils don't, consequently filtration must be taken seriously to avoid oil or not returning oil and they are predominently due to system
problematic blockages resulting. contamination. The oil separator is not a system filtration device
but if correct system filtration has not been employed in the
Caution is required when locating the oil separator in a position system design contaminates may become trapped inside the
where it is subjected to the cooling effects of air flows that oil separator affecting the operation of the ballfloat valve. If the
could produce condensation of the refrigerant during the oil return line is chilled this may indicate the presence of liquid
off-cycle. If the separator is to be subjected to temperatures refrigerant and condensation occurring within the oil separator.
below that of the systems condensing temperatures, it is good
practice to fit a low wattage electric heating band around
the base of the vessel to prevent the refrigerant vapour from
condensing there. A 25 watt heating band would suffice for
oil separator diameters of up to 100mm. If the condenser is
located higher than the oil separator then the system piping
should be positioned in a way that it is sloped back towards
the condenser over a 50mm height difference to facilitate
liquid flow back to the condenser rather than the oil separator
during off-cycle. Heldon oil separators are to be mounted in a
secure vertical position and piped up employing sound industry
practices. A vibration eliminator may be necessary to avoid
the transmission of compressor vibration and motor start-up
torque effects that could adversely affect the oil separator.
If installing or replacing an oil separator into an existing system

there is the possibility of excess oil that has been trapped
throughout the system returning to the compressor and over
filling the crankcase. When re-commisioning the system the
compressor crankcase oil levels should be monitored until stable.
All acess oil returned to the compressor should be removed from
the system. It is recommended that the oil separator be replaced
after a compressor burnout and that the system is clean and
acid free.
If installing an oil separator into an existing system that has not

been previously fitted with an oil separator it is imperative that
the system is clean and acid free before installation.
Service/Trouble shooting tips

The Heldon oil separator is a fully welded vessel fitted with an
internal ball float mechanism. As such it is unserviceable and if
a fault is detected the entire vessel must be replaced. Note that
the return oil line can provide good diagnostics in regards the
refrigeration systems oil return ‘health’.
In normal operation the oil return line will alternate a few times
per hour between hot and cool as the float firstly feeds high
pressure oil back to the crankcase then shuts off as the oil level
Heldon
CONVENTIONAL OIL SEPARATORS
Introduction
Oil separators are used in refrigeration systems that require
the compressor lubricating oil to be returned directly to the
compressor crankcase under all operating conditions. Using
an oil separator will prevent lubricating oil from circulating
throughout the system with the refrigerant making the condenser
and evaporator more efficient.
Heldon conventional oil separators are designed for maximum

flow with minimal pressure drop while efficiently removing oil
suspended in the refrigerant. Oil removal is achieved using
stainless steel screens that have been optimised for both flow
and oil removal. A baffle plate allows separated oil to de-aerate
while remaining warm and viscous. A stainless steel ballfloat
and precision needle and seat are used to achieve automatic oil
return to the compressor crankcase.
Heldon conventional oil separators are constructed from steel

with solid copper connections.
Features Benefits
2. Solid copper connectors. 2. Easier installation.
3. Optimised separation membrane. 3. Efficient removal of oil from the refrigerant flow.
4. Precision needle and seat ball valve allows accurate metering of 4. Allows only the correct amount of oil to return to the crankcase.
of oil to return to the compressor crankcase.
5. Internal baffle plate. 5. Improves quality of returning oil.
6. Hermetically sealed stainless steel float. 6. Extended service life.
7. Powder coated finish. 7. Exceeds 500 hours salt spray tests.
Manufactured in accordance with AS 2971
Safe Working Pressure: 3,200 kPa for models: 3210 - 6410 and above.
Safe Working Pressure: 4,200 kPa for models: 3210 - 6406S
3210 - 6406
3210 - 6408
Heldon
NNominal Capacity kW at Evaporating Temperature °C

R22 R404A R134a
Part No.
-30 -20 -10 0 5 -30 -20 -10 0 5 -30 -20 -10 0 5
3210-6406S 3.0 3.2 3.6 3.8 4.2 3.0 3.2 3.6 3.8 4.2 2.7 2.9 3.2 3.4 3.8
3210-6406 4.1 4.3 5.0 5.1 5.4 4.1 4.3 5.0 5.1 5.4 3.7 3.9 4.5 4.6 4.9
3210-6408 5.8 6.2 6.5 6.8 7.0 5.8 6.2 6.5 6.8 7.0 5.2 5.6 5.9 6.1 6.3
3210-6410 16.9 17.5 18.2 18.8 19.3 15.4 16.4 17.5 18.5 19.3 15.2 15.8 16.4 16.9 17.4
3210-6414 25.4 26.2 26.9 27.6 28.1 24.0 25.2 26.6 28.0 28.8 22.9 23.8 24.2 24.8 25.3
3210-6418 33.1 34.3 35.3 36.4 37.0 31.7 33.4 35.0 36.6 37.4 29.8 30.9 31.8 32.8 33.3
3210-6422 42.1 43.6 44.8 46.3 47.5 40.1 43.3 47.5 47.7 49.0 37.9 39.2 40.3 41.7 42.8
3210-9622 46.7 47.4 48.0 48.6 49.3 43.1 45.2 48.3 49.5 50.8 42.0 42.7 43.2 43.8 44.4
3210-9626 57.7 58.9 60.5 62.0 63.2 54.2 57.3 60.5 63.6 65.1 51.9 53.0 54.4 55.8 56.9
3210-9634 100.1 102.3 103.5 104.6 105.5 93.4 98.4 102.2 106.0 108.6 90.0 92.0 93.1 94.1 95.0
Capacity figures based on; 3210 - Series

Evaporator temperature te = 5°C
Condensing temperature tc = 30°C
Pressure drop P = 7 kpa (1 psi)
Note: Oil separator must be installed vertically
Connection Dimensions Oil

Weight
Part No. Size I.D. H J Pre-charge
B C D G (kg)
(Inch) MSAE THREAD (ml) *
3210-6406S 3/8 32 148 107 48 1/4 M10 x 1.5 480 1.8
3210-6406 3/8 32 245 107 48 1/4 M10 x 1.5 480 2.2
3210-6408 1/2 33.5 245 107 48 1/4 M10 x 1.5 480 2.5
3210-6410 5/8 38.5 300 107 48 1/4 M10 x 1.5 480 2.9
3210-6414 7/8 40 344 107 48 1/4 M10 x 1.5 480 3.2
3210-6418 1 1/8 45 370 107 48 1/4 M10 x 1.5 480 3.6
3210-6422 1 3/8 49 475 107 48 1/4 M10 x 1.5 480 4.5
3210-9622 1 3/8 43 352 153 75 3/8 M10 x 1.5 1230 3.2
3210-9626 1 5/8 50 429 153 75 3/8 M10 x 1.5 1230 3.5
3210-9634 2 1/8 55 432 153 75 3/8 M10 x 1.5 1230 3.6
* Oil pre-charge to be added to oil separator before installation
Heldon
HELICAL OIL SEPARATORS
Introduction Outlet Connection

!
The function of a Helical Oil Separator is to efficiently remove
oil from the discharge gas and return it to the compressor, Inlet
either directly or indirectly. This helps maintain the compressor Connection
crankcase oil level and raises the efficiency of the system by
preventing excessive oil circulation.
The Helical oil separator features a centrifugal flow path that

achieves approximately 99% efficiency of oil separation with a low Helical
pressure drop. Independent testing has found that only 0.006% oil Flighting
by volume was being discharged into the system after leaving a
Helical oil separator. Virtually oil-free refrigerant vapour exits
the oil separator.
Mesh
A higher level of efficiency is to be expected compared to a Screen
conventional oil separator.
Second Mesh
Applications Screen
Oil Drain
Helical oil separators can be used in a wide variety of applications. Baffle
These can include multi-compressor racks and remote
condensing units.
Helical oil separators are intended for Low Pressure Oil Oil
Ball
Management Systems. These products are designed for use Return
Float
with scroll and reciprocating type compressors. They are not Connection
recommended for screw or rotary vane compressors.
Needle
The product range is designed for use with HCFC and HFC Valve
refrigerants, along with their associated oils. Assembly
Helical Oil Separator Magnet
Features Benefits
1. Patented Henry Technologies Design* 1. A proven design that works.
2. High oil separation efficiency – up to 99%. 2. Guaranteed performance.
3. Low pressure drop. 3. Negligible loss in system efficiency.
4. No blocked elements because of too much oil in the system. 4. Dependible operation.
5. No oil blow-out at start up from oil left in a coalescing element. 5. Oil is metered back to the compressor as required.
*US Patents 5113671, 5404730 & 5271245; Mexico 173552;

Denmark, France, UK & Italy 0487959;
Germany P69106849.6-08; Taiwan UM-7863; & other
worldwide patents pending.
Technical Specification Materials of Construction

S-5 Series: • Shell, endcaps and connections: Carbon steel
Safe Working Pressure = 3,100 kPa • Oil float: Stainless steel
Allowable Operating Temperature = -10oC to 130oC • Needle valve seat: Brass
SH-5 Series:
Safe Working Pressure = 4,000 kPa
Allowable Operating Temperature = -10oC to 110oC
Heldon
Refrigeration Capacity in kW
Dimensions in (mm) Oil Pre-
Conn. R134a R22 R404A/R507 Weight
Figure charge
Part No. Size ID (kg)
No. A B C D -40c 4.4c -40c 4.4c -40c 4.4c (ml) *
(Inch)
S-5180 1 1/4 63.5 162.1 44.5 53.9 1.41 1.76 1.93 2.11 1.76 2.11 414 1.04
S-5181 1 3/8 63.5 190.5 44.5 82.6 3.17 3.52 4.22 4.92 3.52 4.22 414 1.16
S-5182 2 1/2 101.6 330.2 69.9 62.0 4.57 5.28 6.33 7.03 5.28 6.68 414 3.59
S-5185 2 5/8 101.6 381.0 69.9 63.5 8.44 10.20 12.66 14.07 10.55 13.01 414 4.16
S-5187 2 7/8 101.6 431.8 76.2 74.7 16.53 20.05 23.92 26.73 20.05 24.62 414 4.36
S-5188 2 1 1/8 101.6 482.6 76.2 77.7 28.14 33.41 40.09 44.67 32.71 40.45 414 4.82
S-5190 3 1 3/8 152.4 381.0 108.0 93.7 40.80 48.89 57.68 64.71 47.83 57.68 1183 8.24
S-5192 3 1 5/8 152.4 431.8 108.0 100.3 57.68 67.18 80.54 90.04 65.42 80.54 1183 9.17
S-5202 5 2 1/8 203.2 609.6 136.7 128.5 103.40 123.10 147.01 163.89 120.63 148.07 739 16.86
S-5203 5 2 5/8 254.0 685.8 165.1 143.0 170.93 204.33 246.54 274.68 204.33 251.82 739 24.91
S-5204 5 3 1/8 304.8 762.0 196.9 163.8 251.82 299.30 360.84 403.05 299.30 369.64 739 42.50
S-5290 4 1 3/8 152.4 381.0 108.0 93.7 40.80 48.89 57.68 64.71 47.83 57.68 739 10.21
S-5292 4 1 5/8 152.4 431.8 108.0 100.3 57.68 67.18 80.54 90.04 65.42 80.54 739 11.09
S-5294 4 2 1/8 152.4 431.8 111.3 106.4 87.57 103.40 124.50 137.52 100.59 124.50 739 11.28
* Oil pre-charge to be added to oil separator before installation
Heldon
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
1. Inlet
2. Outlet
3. Oil return,
3/8 MSAE
4. M10 stud and nut
SH-5 Series High Pressure Range

Conn. Dimensions (mm) Oil Pre-
Drawing Weight
Part No. Size ID Mounting Details charge
Dia. A B C D E F Dia. G Reference (kg)
(Inch) (ml)
SH-5182-CE 1/2 102 352 69 81 - 61 - M10 Fig. 1 400 4.0
SH-5185-CE 5/8 102 401 69 81 - 61 - M10 Fig. 1 400 4.5
SH-5187-CE 7/8 102 453 74 94 - 61 - M10 Fig. 1 400 5.1
SH-5188-CE 1 1/8 102 500 75 95 - 61 - M10 Fig. 1 400 5.2
SH-5190-CE 1 3/8 152 570 108 135 95 N/A 100 3 x 14mm slots Fig. 2 1100 9.4
Capacity in kW Refrigeration at Nominal Evaporator Temperature

R404A / R507 R22
Part No.
-40OC 5OC -40OC 5OC
SH-5182-CE 5.3 7.0 5.3 7.0
SH-5185-CE 14.1 19.4 15.8 19.4
SH-5187-CE 23.0 30.0 24.6 28.2
SH-5188-CE 29.8 38.7 31.7 37.0
SH-5190-CE 42.2 52.8 44.8 49.3
Heldon
HELICAL OIL SEPARATOR - RESERVOIRS
Introduction
The function of a Helical Oil Separator-Reservoir is to remove
oil from the discharge gas and return it to the compressor. This
helps maintain the compressor crankcase oil level and raises the
efficiency of the system by preventing excessive oilcirculation.
Applications
Helical oil separator-reservoirs are suitable for a variety of
applications including multi-compressor racks and for use with
scroll and recipricating compressors. Helical oil separator-
reservoirs are intended for use in high pressure oil management
systems. The standard product range is designed for use with
HFC refrigerants and their associated oils.
The helical oil separator-reservoir is not recommended for use

with screw or rotary vane compressors.
How it works
As oil-laden refrigerant gas enters the helical oil separator the
refrigerant vapour encounters the leading edge of the helical
flighting. The gas/oil mixture is centrifugally forced along the
spiral path of the helix causing heavier oil particles to spin to
the perimeter, where impingement with a screen layer occurs.
The screen layer functions as both an oil stripping and draining

medium. Separated oil flows downward along the boundary of
the shell through a baffle and into an oil collection chamber at
the bottom of the separator.
The specially engineered baffle isolates the oil chamber and

eliminates oil re-entrapment by preventing turbulence. The
virtually oil free refrigerant gas then exits through a secondary
screen positioned just below the lower edge of the helical flighting.
Oil separator-reservoirs do not have an oil float assembly. Instead,

a dip tube is located in the oil chamber that feeds the oil back
to the compressor via a rotalock valve and an oil management
system. With correct selection, an oil separation efficiency of up
to 99% can be achieve.
Features Benefits
1. Patented Henry Technologies Design* 1. A proven design that works.
2. High oil separation efficiency - up to 99%. 2. Garanteed performance.
3. Low pressure drop. 3. Negligible loss in system efficiency.
4. No blocked elements because of too much oil in the system. 4. Dependible operation.
5. No oil blow-out at start up from oil left in a coalescing element. 5. Holds the oil until it is fed back to the compressor by an
6. Integrated oil reservoir. oil management system.
*US Patents5113671, 5404730 & 5271245; Mexico 173552;

Denmark, France, UK & Itlay 0487959; Germany P69106849.6-
08; Taiwan UM-74863; & other world patents pending.

Allowable Operating Pressure = 0 to 3,100 kPa The main components; shell, end caps and connections are made
Allowable Operating Temperature = -10OC to 130OC from carbon steel.
Heldon
Fig.1 Fig. 2
1. Inlet
2. Outlet
3. Oil return, RotaLock
Valve, 3/8 MSAE
4. Sight Glass
5. 1/2 FPT Connection
Helical Oil Separator - Reservoirs

Conn. Dimensions (mm) Oil
Mounting Drawing Weight
Part No. Size ID Capacity
A B C D E F G H Details Reference (kg)
(Inch) (L)
102 3 x 14 mm
S-5388-CE 1 1/8 813 75 78 48 222 311 108 Fig.1 7.6 13.0
&152 slots
3 x 14 mm
S-5390 1 3/8 152 850 108 91 48 222 311 113 Fig. 2 7.6 15.0
slots
3 x 14 mm
S-5392 1 5/8 152 900 108 98 48 222 311 113 Fig. 2 7.6 16.0
slots
3 x 14 mm
S-5394 2 1/8 152 902 114 105 48 222 311 113 Fig. 2 7.6 16.5
slots
Performance Data
This table provides a summary of the kW capacity of each
separator for fixed evaporating and condensing temperatures.
This table can be used as a quick reference guide.
Capacity in kW of refrigeration at nominal evaporator temperature

Part No. R404A/R507 R22
o o o
-40 C 5C -40 C 5oC
S-5388-CE 29.8 38.7 N/A N/A
S-5390 42.2 52.8 N/A N/A
S-5392 52.8 66.9 N/A N/A
S-5394 84.4 109 N/A N/A
Note: All data is for a 38oC condensing temperature, 18oC suction temperature and a connection size the same as the compressor valve.
Installation - Main Issues to prevent excessive loads or vibration at the inlet and outlet
Oil Separator reservoirs are not 100% efficient, so installing this connections. The separator must be properly supported at the
product shall not be viewed as a replacement for oil traps, suction mounting feet.
line accumulators or good oil return piping practices.
A check valve should be located downstream of the outlet
Install the unit vertically and reasonably close to the compressor. connection. This check valve is to prevent liquid refrigerant
Sound industry practice should be adopted when installing piping migrating back from the condenser.
Heldon
OIL RESERVOIRS
Introduction
The function of an Oil Reservoir is to provide a holding charge
of oil, as part of a Low Pressure Oil Management System.
The amount of oil circulating in a system varies depending
on the operating conditions. The oil reservoir caters for these
fluctuations by providing additional storage capacity.
Rotalock valves are supplied with each reservoir to facilitate easy

oil fill and drain. A connection is provided at the top of the unit for
fitting a pressure vent valve. Models are provided with either two
or three sight glasses for visual indication of oil level.
Applications
The standard range of reservoirs are suitable for HCFC and HFC
refrigerants, along with their associated oils. The SH range, with
a higher MWP, is also suitable for sub-critical CO2 applications.
Features Benefits
1. Three sizes available in both standard and high pressure 1. Select the model appropriate for the application.
ranges.
2. Robust construction. 2. Suitable for harsh environments.
3. All models supplied with Rotalock Valves. 3. Supplied ready for installation.
4. Sight glass with floating ball. 4. Quick and easy means to identify liquid level.
5. Double seal on sight glass for leak integrity. 5. Minimises risk of leakage.
6. Standard models supplied with mounting brackets. 6. No addition accessories required.
7. Mounting brackets available on request (SH models only). 7. Secure installation.
Technical Specification Selection Guidelines

Standard models: Both ranges of Henry Technologies reservoirs include three different
Allowable Operating Pressure = 0 to 3,100 kPa oil holding capacities of approximately 7.5, 11.5 and 15 litres.
The required holding capacity is dependent on a number of system
SH models: design factors such as oil return piping practice, compressor type,
Allowable Operating Pressure = 0 to 4,000 kPa number of compressors, compressor run times, etc.
For single stage parallel systems the oil reservoir capacity can
Materials of Construction be selected using the simple example calculation below. This
simple calculation is a guide only based on the total compressor
The shell, endcaps and fitting connections are made from
(theoretical) displacement (Vh). For other system types please
carbon steel.
contact Heldon.
Installation – Main Issues Example:-
Full instructions are given in the Product Instruction Sheet
8 compressors each with a theoretical displacement of 17 m3/hr.
included with each reservoir.
Therefore Vh (total) = 136 m3/hr.
The selected Vh model is S-9109, with a Vh rating of up to 150 m3/hr.

Refer to selection table.
Note: It is known that some users select oil reservoir capacity

using different rules from the above or from field experience.
The method presented above is for guidance purposes only. If
in doubt, select a larger capacity reservoir.
Heldon
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
1. Inlet Rotalock Valve,
3/8" SAE Flare
2. Outlet Rotalock Valve,
3/8" SAE Flare
3. Vent, 3/8" SAE Flare
4. Sight Glass
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Dimensions (mm) Drawing MWP Weight

Part No.
A B C D E F Reference (kPa) (kg)
S-9109 426 507 152 177 165 N/A Fig. 1 3,100 9.0
S-9108U 654 736 152 177 394 N/A Fig. 1 3,100 12.5
S-9108 883 965 152 177 311 311 Fig. 2 3,100 15.0
SH-9109 522 604 152 225 165 N/A Fig. 3 4,000 9.0
SH-9108U 751 832 152 225 394 N/A Fig. 3 4,000 12.5
SH-9108 980 1061 152 225 311 311 Fig. 4 4,000 15.0
Reservoir Capacity within Dimensions Shown (litres)
Heldon
Capacities
Oil Reservoir Capacity Table

Reservoir capacity within dimension shown (litres)
Part No.
D E F A
S-9109 2.8 2.8 N/A 6.9
S-9108U 2.8 6.6 N/A 10.7
S-9108 2.8 5.2 5.2 14.5
SH-9109 3.5 2.8 N/A 8.2
SH-9108U 3.5 6.6 N/A 12.0
SH-9108 3.5 5.2 5.2 15.8
Oil Reservoir Selection Table

Part No. Capacity (litres) Vh total (m3/hr)
S-9109 6.9 up to 150
S-9108U 10.7 150-300
S-9108 14.5 300-400
SH-9109 8.2 up to 150
SH-9108U 12.0 150-300
SH-9108 15.8 300-400
Note: Vh = Summation of the theoretical displacement for all compressors in system.
Heldon
RESERVOIR PRESSURE VALVES
Introduction
The function of a Reservoir Pressure Valve is to control pressure
in an oil reservoir.
Applications
A reservoir pressure valve is used in a Low Pressure Oil
Management System. It is used to vent pressure in the oil reservoir
while still maintaining a positive pressure differential between the
reservoir and the compressor crankcase. This positive pressure
ensures an adequate oil supply to the oil level regulators. The
reservoir pressure valve is piped to suction pressure.
These valves are suitable for use with HCFC, HFC and CO2
refrigerants, along with their associated oils. S-9104 Series
Features Benefits
1. Proven design. 1. Long life guaranteed.
2. Three different pressure settings. 2. Offers flexiblitly of choice.
3. Premium quality neoprene seal. 3. Superior sealing properties across a wide range of
applications.

Allowable Operating Pressure = 0 to 4,000 kPa The valve body components are made from brass, the spring from
Allowable Operating Temperature = -10oC to 120oC stainless steel and the seal from neoprene.
63MM 1. Inlet
2. Outlet
20.6MM A/F
1
2
Conn. Size (Inch) Weight

Part No. Pressure Setting (barg) CE Cat
Inlet Outlet (kg)
S-9104 0.35 fixed 3/8 SAE Flare Female 3/8 SAE Flare Male 0.13 SEP
S-9104H 1.4 fixed 3/8 SAE Flare Female 3/8 SAE Flare Male 0.13 SEP
S-9104XH/XHT 2.4 fixed 3/8 SAE Flare Female 3/8 SAE Flare Male 0.13 SEP
Selection Guidelines
The S-9104, S-9104H and S-9104XH models provide 0.35, 1.4 and The user should select a model taking into account individual
2.4 barg pressure differentials respectively. A higher pressure compressor crankcase pressures along with the differential
differential will increase the oil flow rate from the oil reservoir pressure range of the oil regulators. If foaming is a concern do
back to the compressors. not use the S-9104XH model.
Heldon
OIL STRAINERS
Introduction
The function of an Oil Strainer is to remove system debris from
the refrigerant oil. Their purpose is to protect compressors and
oil level regulators from damage.
Applications
The Henry Technologies SH-9105 oil strainer can be used in
both Low and High Pressure Oil Management Systems. The
strainer is suitable for HCFC and HFC refrigerants, along with
their associated oils.
Although the strainer is compatible with HFC/POE refrigerant/

oil combinations, Henry Technologies recommends the use of an
oil filter or oil filter-drier. This is due to the scavenging nature
of POE oil.
SH-9105
Greater system protection will be achieved using a filter or filter-
drier element than with a mesh strainer.
Typically, a strainer is fitted immediately upstream of a mechanical

oil level regulator in order to protect the float needle valve from
debris. This in turn protects the compressor from damage.
Note: The SH-9105 Oil Strainer replaced the Heldon 3500-083

Oil Strainer.
Features Benefits
1. Large screen area ensuring maximum capacity and long 1. Provides trouble free service for longer.
service.
2. Low pressure drop. 2. No performace penalties.
3. Stainless steel screen. 3. Efficient removal of harmful particulates.
4. 3/8" MSAE connections. 4. Easy installation and replacement.
Dimensions and Capacities Materials of Construction

The main body and connections are made from carbon steel.
The mesh screen is made from stainless steel.

1. The oil strainer must be installed in accordance with the
flow direction arrow.
2. It is recommended to install valves on either side of the filter

to allow the filter to be isolated for easier replacement should
the mesh screen become blocked.
Conn. Size Dimmensions Technical Specification

Screen Data
(Inch) (mm) Weight Allowable Operating Pressure = 4,500 kPa
Part No.
Area (kg) Manufactured in Accordance with:
Inlet Outlet A B Mesh UL207 & PED97/23
mm2
SH-9105 3/8 SAE Flare 3/8 SAE Flare 153 66 8,952 200 0.37 Allowable Operating Temperature:
-10oC to 120oC
Heldon
OIL FILTERS AND OIL FILTER DRIERS
Introduction
The function of an Oil Filter-Drier is to remove both system
debris and moisture from the refrigerant oil. Their purpose is
to protect compressors and oil level regulators from damage.
Applications
The Henry Technologies S-4004 oil filter and S-4005 oil filter-drier
can be used in both Low and High Pressure Oil Management
Systems.
Models are suitable for HCFC and HFC refrigerants along with
their associated oils.
The unique drying features of the S-4005 model are particularly

suited for systems using POE oil. This type of oil is more
hydroscopic than mineral oil. This means that POE oil absorbs
moisture at a much higher rate. Moisture in a refrigeration system
can produce problems and/or harmful conditions.
One S-4004 or S-4005 model can be fitted in the oil return line
between the oil separator and oil reservoir, instead of fitting one
oil strainer per oil level regulator. These models will also remove
more debris than traditional oil strainers.
Features S-4004 Model Benefits

1. High flow capacity with low pressure drop. 1. Maximum performance.
2. Large filter area. 2. Longer service life.
3. Micronic filtration. 3. Rated at 10 mictons.
4. Eliminates the need to fit individual oil return line strainers. 4. Less components required.
S-4005 and SH-4005 models

1. High flow capacity with low pressure drop. 1. Maximum performance.
2. Large filter area. 2. Longer service life.
3. Micronic filtration. 3. Rated at 6 microns.
4. High level of drying. 4. Oil moisture levels contained.
5. Eliminates the need to fit individual oil return line strainers. 5. Less components required.
Technical Specification Installation – Main issues

S-4004 model 1. The oil filter or filter-drier must be installed in accordance
Allowable Operating Pressure = 3,100 kPa with the flow direction arrow.
2. Units should be replaced after a 101 kPa (15 psig) pressure
Filter surface area = 3,065 cm2
drop has been detected. Pressure drop can be detected
Filter particle retention = 10 micron
by fitting Schrader valves before and after the unit. It is
S-4005 model recommended to install valves on either side of the unit to
allow the unit to be isolated for easier replacement should
Allowable Operating Pressure = 3,100 kPa
the filter become blocked.
Filter surface area = 3,000 cm2 3. For low pressure oil management systems, oil filters and
Filter particle retention = 6 micron filter-driers should be located between the oil separator
Drier = 131cm3 of XH9 desiccant and oil reservoir, not between the oil reservoir and the oil
regulator.
SH-4005 model
Same as S-4005, except Allowable Operating Pressure = 4,000 kPa
Heldon
S-4004 S-4005/SH-4005
1. Inlet
2. Outlet
3. Schrader Valve
(S-4005) model only
Conn Size (Inch) Dimensions (mm) MWP Weight

Part No.
Inlet Outlet A B (kPa) (kg)
S-4004 3/8 SAE Flare 3/8 SAE Flare 188 102 3,100 1.93
S-4005 3/8 SAE Flare 3/8 SAE Flare 251 76 3,100 1.55
SH-4005 3/8 SAE Flare 3/8 SAE Flare 251 76 4,000 1.55
Heldon
DEMOUNTABLE OIL FILTERS
Introduction
The function of the demountable oil filter is to remove system
debris. The purpose is to protect compressors and oil level
regulators from damage.
To achieve these outcomes Heldon manufacture and supply

proven strainers and filters as well as both mechanical and
electronic oil level controllers that are suitable for all fluorinated
refrigerants as well as both mineral and synthetic oils.
Application
The demountable series oil filters can be used in both Low and
High Pressure Oil Management Systems. The filters are suitable
for Hydrocarbon, HCFC and HFC refrigerants, along with their
associated oils.
Typically, an oil filter is fitted immediately upstream of an oil level

regulator in order to protect the float needle valve from debris.
This in turn protects the compressor from damage.
3500 & 3501 Series
The filtration size is rated to 10 microns. By employing a pleated
membrane design and a large surface area the pressure is kept
to a minimum.
Features Benefits
1. Pleated membrane. 1. Maximum surface area with minimal pressure drop.
2. Suitable for all fluorinated refrigerant oils. 2. Flexiblity of application.
3. Rated to 10 microns. 3. Picks up the smallest of debris.
4. Mounting bracket standard with 3500-1RL assembly. 4. Ready for installation.
Acess Dimensions (mm)

SWP
Part No. Description Connector Inlet/Outlet
A B C (kPa)
MSAE
3500-1 Complete Oil Filter Assembly 1/4 3/8 NPT 172 89 130 3200
3500-1RL Complete Oil Filter Assembly 1/4 3/4 RL 172 89 130 3200
3501-1 Oil Filter Cartridge - - 126 66 - -
3500-1RL 3501-1
Heldon
OIL REGULATOR SHUT-OFF VALVES
Introduction
The function of Oil Regulator Shut-off valves is to provide a
means for equipment isolation. Horizontal and vertical models
are available.
Applications
These valves are positioned on the oil inlet and equalisation pipe
lines of Henry Technologies Oil Level Regulators. This allows
each oil level regulator to be isolated in the event that servicing S-9106 Series
is required on the compressor, oil level regulator, strainer, etc.
The valves are suitable for HCFC and HFC refrigerants, along
with their associated oils.
On request, these valves can be supplied with a higher pressure

rating for sub-critical CO2 and R410A applications.
Features Benefits
1. Two mounting options – horizontal and vertical. 1. Flexiblity of application.
2. 360o positioning via swivel connection. 2. Adjustable to position as required.

Allowable Operating Pressure = 0 to 3,450 kPa The main body and swivel nut are made from brass. The stem
Allowable Operating Temperature = -10oC to 100oC is made from plated steel. The stem seal cap is made from
moulded plastic.
Dimensions
1. Vertical type.
2. Horizontal type.
3. Fixed connection.
4. Swivel connection.
Conn. Size (Inch) Dimensions (mm) Weight

Part No. Type
Fixed Swivel A B C (kg)
S-9106E 1/4 SAE Flare 1/4 SAE Female Flare 102 37 27 Vertical 0.14
S-9106H 3/8 SAE Flare 3/8 SAE Female Flare 92 27 39 Horizontal 0.16
S-9106V 3/8 SAE Flare 3/8 SAE Female Flare 104 39 32 Vertical 0.17
S-9106EH 1/4 SAE Flare 1/4 SAE Female Flare 92 27 27 Horizonal 0.15
Heldon
POSITIVE OIL EXCHANGE VALVES
Introduction
The Positive Oil Exchange Valve is an efficient and time saving
servicing tool for the removal and replacement of compressor
crankcase oil.
The valves are primarily intended for semi-hermetic type

compressors. The valves are suitable for HCFC and HFC
9298
Features Benefits
1. Reduces service time and cost. 1. Minimises labour.
2. Designed for oil charge and drain. 2. Reduced chances of oil spillage.
3. Pressure gauge connection with Schrader valve. 3. allows systems access.
4. Full port valve. 4. Faster charging and draining.
5. Designed for permanent installation onto the compressor. 5. Beneficial for future servicing.
Technical Specification 1. Side Connection -

Allowable Operating Pressure = 0 to 3,450 kPa Oil outlet
Allowable Operating Temperature = -29oC to 120oC 2. Side connection-
Schrader service part
Materials of Construction 3. Compressor
The valve body is made from brass and the stem from plated steel. connection.
The stem seal cap is made from brass or nylon. The SAE Flare and
Schrader port seal caps are made from nylon. The draw pipe is
made from Teflon tube.
Installation
1. For safety reasons the SAE flare seal cap (identified by the
location strap) should not be exposed to system pressure.
2. Full instructions are given in the Product Installation Sheet,

included with each valve.
Note: 9297 valve illustrated. 9298 valve has a longer cap as

per photograph above.
Dimensions
Conn. Size
Part No. (Inch)
(kg)
Side Bottom A B C D
9297 1/4 MSAE 1/8 MPT 34 254 285 317 0.23
9298 1/4 MSAE 1/4 MPT 34 257 284 350 0.30
Heldon
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES
Introduction
The function of a Pressure Relief Valve is to protect against over-
pressure. For safety reasons, excessive over-pressure in any part
of the refrigeration system must be avoided.
A typical application for a Henry Technologies pressure relief valve

(PRV) is to protect a liquid receiver from being over-pressurised.
In the event of a fire, any liquid refrigerant inside the receiver
will evaporate resulting in an increase in pressure. The PRV will
safely control this increase in pressure by venting the vapour
from the receiver. Another application is to protect equipment
from compressor over-pressure.
Henry Technologies pressure relief valves are designed to

discharge vapour and should not be used to vent liquid refrigerant.
The valves are “back-pressure dependent” and are therefore
required to discharge to atmosphere. The brass and stainless
steel series valves are suitable for use with HCFC and HFC How it Works
refrigerant gases. The stainless steel series valves are also
A conventional PRV is designed to open at a predetermined
suitable for ammonia.
pressure - the set pressure. A spring exerts a sealing force on
Once a PRV has discharged, replacement is recommended, as the a valve seat via a piston seal assembly. At a pressure equal to
set pressure can no longer be guaranteed. Refer to Installation the set pressure, the piston will start to lift resulting in a small
Section for further information. amount of flow through the valve. From this point, the pressure
force acting on the piston increases significantly and overcomes
In line with the Institute of Refrigeration Guidelines (UK), Henry the spring force. This imbalance of forces causes the valve to “pop”
fully open. By design, the difference in pressure from the valve
Technologies recommend that a PRV should be replaced at least set point to the fully open condition is no more than 10%. System
every 5 years. These intervals may have to be reduced if other pressure is controlled/reduced by venting the refrigerant vapour
regulations apply. through the valve. The valve then re-closes at a pressure where
It is recommended to have a relief valve pressure setting at least the spring force overcomes the piston force. Under normal system
25% higher than the maximum system operating pressure. The operating conditions, the pressure at the valve inlet is below the
PRV set pressure should not be higher than the design pressure set pressure. Only under abnormal operating conditions should
(MWP) of the vessel. the PRV be open.
Features Benefits
1. Proven safe design. 1. Reliable.
2. Compliance as listed to: Cateogory IV PED, ASME Section 2. Guaranteed performance.
VIII Div. 1 or ISO 4126.
3. High flow capacity. 3. Quick discharge.
4. Compact. 4. Easier installation.
5. Teflon valve seal. 5. Prevents valve seat from sticking closed.
6. Blow-out proof seal design. 6. Prevents leakage.
7. Seal material with high chemical resistance. 7. Durability.
8. Tamper proof. 8. Factory set and sealed.
9. Certified test pressure. 9. Certificates available on request.
10. Customer specified set pressures available. 10. Suitable for non-standard applications.
Technical Specification
All Henry Technologies PRV’s are designed and manufactured to For 53 series model:
ASME VIII Division 1, Category IV PED or ISO 40126. Set Pressure Range 150-450 psig =1,030 kPa to 3,100 kPa
Allowable Operating Temperature = -29oC to +135oC
For 526, 5230 and 5231 series models:
Set Pressure Range 200-450 psig = 1,400 kPa to 3,100 kPa For 5231AX and 5231BX series models:
Allowable Operating Temperature = -40oC to 107oC Set Pressure Range 150-667 psig = 10.3 to 46 barg
For 5232 and 524 series models: Allowable operating Range = -40oC to 120oC
Set Pressure Range 150-450 psig = 1,030 kPa to 3,100 kPa
Heldon
Selection of Relief Valves Relief Valve Capacity Ratings:
Henry Pressure Relief Valves conform to the “American Standard Rated in either pounds of air per minute (lbs/min air) or kilograms of air
Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration (ANSI/ASHRAE 15).” per minute (kg/min air), Henry Pressure Relief valves are constructed
ANSI/ASHRAE 15 and ASME VIII Division 1 both state that a and marked in accordance with the requirements of the ASME Section
relief valve setting is not to exceed the design working pressure VIII, Division 1 (Boiler and Pressure Vessel code). These valves are also
of the vessel on which the relief valve is installed. The discharge approved by many local refrigeration and air conditioning codes in the
capacity required is based on the size of the vessel and the USA and Canada for relief of excess pressure.
refrigerant used. The discharge capacity of relief valves varies
with the pressure setting. The capacities of Henry Relief Valves In addition, these valves are stamped with the ASME UV symbol
at various pressure settings are available by contacting Heldon and NB to indicate National Board Certification.
Products Australia.
In Australia, these valves are compatible with the Australian
Whenever conditions permit it is highly advisable to have the Standard AS 1271-2003 (Safety valves, other valves, liquid level
relief valve pressure setting (which must not exceed the design gauges, and other fittings for boilers and unfired pressure
working pressure of the vessel) at least 25% higher than the vessels). Compliant to AS 1271 based on the tests carried out
normal maximum operating pressure for the refrigerant used. for the ASME compliance.
Materials of Construction
For all 52 series valves, the main body and outlet connection are
made from brass. Valve internals such as the piston and adjusting
gland are either made from brass, plated steel or stainless steel.
For the 53 series valves, the main body is made from stainless
steel. The outlet connection and valve internals are made from
either plated steel or stainless steel.
For all valves, the seal is made from premium quality Teflon
(PTFE). All springs are made from high strength plated alloy steel.
Standard Pressure Settings

Brass Steel High Pressure
psig barg psig barg psig barg
150 10.34 150 10.34 500 34.47
235 16.20 250 17.24 550 37.92
300 20.68 300 20.68 600 41.37
350 24.13 - - 650 44.82
400 27.58 - - 675 46.54
450 31.03 - - - -
Important: Orders must specify pressure setting.

Certification: Available if requested on purchase order.
Heldon
Straight Through Relief Valves - Certified to ASME Section VIII, Division 1 (Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code)
Connection Size (Inch) Set Pressure Capacity Rating Dimensions (mm) Weight
Part No.
(PSIG) (Lbs/min air / Kg/min air) (kg)
Inlet Outlet Length A2 Orifice Diameter
5230-150 1/4 MNPT 3/8 MSAE 150 5 lbs / 2.27 kg 80.26 6.35 0.17
5230-235 1/4 MNPT 3/8 MSAE 235 7.6 lbs / 3.45 kg 80.26 6.35 0.17
5230-300 1/4 MNPT 3/8 MSAE 300 9.6 lbs / 4.36 kg 80.26 6.35 0.17
5230-350 1/4 MNPT 3/8 MSAE 350 11.2 lbs / 5.08 kg 80.26 6.35 0.17
5230-400 1/4 MNPT 3/8 MSAE 400 12.7 lbs / 5.76 kg 80.26 6.35 0.17
5230-450 1/4 MNPT 3/8 MSAE 450 14.3 lbs / 6.49 kg 80.26 6.35 0.17
5231-150 3/8 MNPT 3/8 MSAE 150 5 lbs / 2.27 kg 80.26 6.35 0.18
5231-235 3/8 MNPT 3/8 MSAE 235 7.6 lbs / 3.45 kg 80.26 6.35 0.18
5231-300 3/8 MNPT 3/8 MSAE 300 9.6 lbs / 4.36 kg 80.26 6.35 0.18
5231-350 3/8 MNPT 3/8 MSAE 350 11.2 lbs / 5.08 kg 80.26 6.35 0.18
5231-400 3/8 MNPT 3/8 MSAE 400 12.7 lbs / 5.76 kg 80.26 6.35 0.18
5231-450 3/8 MNPT 3/8 MSAE 450 14.3 lbs / 6.49 kg 80.26 6.35 0.18
5232B-150 1/2 MNPT 1/2 FNPT 150 12.6 Ibs / 5.72 kg 102.11 11.10 0.44
5232B-235 1/2 MNPT 1/2 FNPT 235 19.1 Ibs / 8.66 kg 102.11 11.10 0.44
5232B-300 1/2 MNPT 1/2 FNPT 300 24.2 lbs / 10.98 kg 102.11 11.10 0.44
5232B-350 1/2 MNPT 1/2 FNPT 350 28 lbs / 12.7 kg 102.11 11.10 0.44
5232B-400 1/2 MNPT 1/2 FNPT 400 31.9 lbs / 14.5 kg 102.11 11.10 0.44
5232B-450 1/2 MNPT 1/2 FNPT 450 35.7 lbs / 16.19 kg 102.11 11.10 0.44
5242N3/4-150 3/4 MNPT 3/4 FNPT 150 13.1 lbs / 5.94 kg 95.00 7.93 0.47
5242N3/4-235 3/4 MNPT 3/4 FNPT 235 19.9 lbs / 9.03 kg 95.00 7.93 0.47
5242N3/4-300 3/4 MNPT 3/4 FNPT 300 25.1 lbs / 11.39 kg 95.00 7.93 0.47
5242N3/4-350 3/4 MNPT 3/4 FNPT 350 29.2 lbs / 13.25 kg 95.00 7.93 0.47
5242N3/4-400 3/4 MNPT 3/4 FNPT 400 33.2 lbs / 15.06 kg 95.00 7.93 0.47
5242N3/4-450 3/4 MNPT 3/4 FNPT 450 37.2 lbs / 16.87 kg 95.00 7.93 0.47
* 5340N1/2-150 1/2 MNPT 3/4 FNPT 150 13.1 lbs / 5.94 kg 93.98 7.93 0.43
* 5340N1/2-235 1/2 MNPT 3/4 FNPT 235 19.9 lbs / 9.03 kg 93.98 7.93 0.43
* 5340N1/2-300 1/2 MNPT 3/4 FNPT 300 25.1 lbs / 11.39 kg 93.98 7.93 0.43
* 5340N1/2-350 1/2 MNPT 3/4 FNPT 350 29.2 lbs / 13.25 kg 93.98 7.93 0.43
* 5340N1/2-400 1/2 MNPT 3/4 FNPT 400 33.2 lbs / 15.06 kg 93.98 7.93 0.43
* 5340N1/2-450 1/2 MNPT 3/4 FNPT 450 37.2 lbs / 16.87 kg 93.98 7.93 0.43
5244-3/4-150 3/4 MNPT 1 FNPT 150 33.2 lbs / 15.06 kg 105.66 12.70 0.66
5244-3/4-235 3/4 MNPT 1 FNPT 235 50.5 lbs / 22.91 kg 105.66 12.70 0.66
5244-3/4-300 3/4 MNPT 1 FNPT 300 63.8 lbs / 28.94 kg 105.66 12.70 0.66
5244-3/4-350 3/4 MNPT 1 FNPT 350 73.9 lbs / 33.52 kg 105.66 12.70 0.66
5244-3/4-400 3/4 MNPT 1 FNPT 400 84.1lbs / 38.15 kg 105.66 12.70 0.66
5244-3/4-450 3/4 MNPT 1 FNPT 450 94.3 lbs / 42.77 kg 105.66 12.70 0.66
5244-1-150 1 MNPT 1 FNPT 150 33.2 lbs / 15.06 kg 105.66 12.70 0.66
5244-1-235 1 MNPT 1 FNPT 235 50.5 lbs / 22.91 kg 105.66 12.70 0.66
5244-1-300 1 MNPT 1 FNPT 300 63.8 lbs / 28.94 kg 105.66 12.70 0.66
5244-1-350 1 MNPT 1 FNPT 350 73.9 lbs / 33.52 kg 105.66 12.70 0.66
* Suitable for Ammonia
Heldon
Straight Through Relief Valves - Certified to ASME Section VIII, Division 1 (Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code)
Connection Size (Inch) Dimensions (mm)
Set Pressure Capacity Rating Weight
Part No. Length Orifice
Inlet Outlet (PSIG) (Lbs/min air / Kg/min air) (kg)
A2 Diameter
5244-1-400 1 MNPT 1 FNPT 400 84.1lbs / 38.15 kg 105.66 12.70 0.66
5244-1-450 1 MNPT 1 FNPT 450 94.3 lbs / 42.77 kg 105.66 12.70 0.66
5246N1-1/4-150 1 1/4 MNPT 1 1/4 FNPT 150 44.6 lbs / 20.23 kg 160.02 13.49 1.18
5246N1-1/4-235 1 1/4 MNPT 1 1/4 FNPT 235 67.8 lbs / 30.75 kg 160.02 13.49 1.18
5246N1-1/4-300 1 1/4 MNPT 1 1/4 FNPT 300 85.2 lbs / 38.65 kg 160.02 13.49 1.18
5246N1-1/4-350 1 1/4 MNPT 1 1/4 FNPT 350 99.1 lbs / 44.95 kg 160.02 13.49 1.18
5246N1-1/4-400 1 1/4 MNPT 1 1/4 FNPT 400 112.8 lbs / 51.17 kg 160.02 13.49 1.18
5246N1-1/4-450 1 1/4 MNPT 1 1/4 FNPT 450 126.4 lbs / 57.33 kg 160.02 13.49 1.18
5235A-500 1/2 MNPT 3/4 FNPT 500 31.2 lbs / 14.15 kg 111.76 6.35 0.51
5235A-550 1/2 MNPT 3/4 FNPT 550 34.2 lbs / 15.51 kg 111.76 6.35 0.51
5235A-600 1/2 MNPT 3/4 FNPT 600 37.2 lbs / 16.87 kg 111.76 6.35 0.51
5235A-650 1/2 MNPT 3/4 FNPT 650 40.3 lbs / 18.28 kg 111.76 6.35 0.51
5235A-675 1/2 MNPT 3/4 FNPT 675 41.8 lbs / 18.96 kg 111.76 6.35 0.51
Angle Relief Valves - Certified to ASME Section VIII, Division 1 (Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code)
Part No. Length Length Length Orifice
A1 A3 B Diameter
526E-150 3/8 MNPT 3/8 MSAE 150 5 lbs / 2.27 kg 75.18 N/A 35.81 6.35 0.18
526E-235 3/8 MNPT 3/8 MSAE 235 7.6 lbs / 3.45 kg 75.18 N/A 35.81 6.35 0.18
527E-150 1/2 MNPT 5/8 MSAE 150 12.6 Ibs / 5.72 kg 96.77 N/A 43.69 11.10 0.39
527E-235 1/2 MNPT 5/8 MSAE 235 19.1 Ibs / 8.66 kg 96.77 N/A 43.69 11.10 0.39
527E-350 1/2 MNPT 5/8 MSAE 350 28 lbs / 12.7 kg 96.77 N/A 43.69 11.10 0.39
*5600-150 1/2 FNPT 3/4 FNPT 150 30.9 lbs / 14.02 kg N/A 68.33 41.40 12.70 1.63
*5601-150 1/2 FNPT 1 FNPT 150 35.8 lbs / 16.24 kg N/A 68.33 41.40 12.70 1.56
*5601-300 1/2 FNPT 1 FNPT 300 68.7lbs / 31.16 kg N/A 68.33 41.40 12.70 1.56
*5602-300 3/4 FNPT 1 FNPT 300 68.7lbs / 31.16 kg N/A 68.33 41.40 12.70 1.54
*5603-150 1 FNPT 1 1/4 FNPT 150 37.5 lbs / 17.01 kg N/A 73.15 50.80 12.70 2.16
*5604-150 1 1/4 FNPT 1 1/2 FNPT 150 72.0 lbs / 32.65 kg N/A 104.9 58.67 17.86 2.95
* Suitable for Ammonia
Heldon
Straight Through Relief Valves - Certified to Cetegory IV PED
Connection Size (Inch) Set Pressure Capacity Rating Dimensions (mm) Weight
Part No.
Inlet Outlet (PSIG) (Lbs/min air / Kg/min air) Length A Orifice Diameter (kg)
5231A-10.3 BAR-CE 3/8 MNPT 1/2 MSAE 150 N/A 85 6.35 0.19
5231A-14.0 BAR-CE 3/8 MNPT 1/2 MSAE 200 10.8 lbs / 4.9 kg 85 6.35 0.19
5231A-24.1 BAR-CE 3/8 MNPT 1/2 MSAE 350 18.5 Ibs / 8.4 kg 85 6.35 0.19
5231A-24.8 BAR-CE 3/8 MNPT 1/2 MSAE 360 19.0 Ibs / 8.6 kg 85 6.35 0.19
5231B-10.3 BAR-CE 1/2 MNPT 5/8 MSAE 150 N/A 91 6.35 0.22
5231B-14.0 BAR-CE 1/2 MNPT 5/8 MSAE 200 10.8 lbs / 4.9 kg 91 6.35 0.22
5231B -16.2 BAR-CE 1/2 MNPT 5/8 MSAE 235 12.79 lbs / 5.8 kg 91 6.35 0.22
5231B-24.1 BAR-CE 1/2 MNPT 5/8 MSAE 350 18.5 Ibs / 8.4 kg 91 6.35 0.22
5231B-24.8 BAR-CE 1/2 MNPT 5/8 MSAE 360 19.0 Ibs / 8.6 kg 91 6.35 0.22
5232A-16.2 BAR-CE 1/2 MNPT 3/4 MSAE 235 28 lbs / 12.7 kg 109 9.5 0.44
5232A-20.7 BAR-CE 1/2 MNPT 3/4 MSAE 300 35.3 lbs / 16 kg 109 9.5 0.44
5232A-24.1 BAR-CE 1/2 MNPT 3/4 MSAE 350 41 lbs / 18.6 kg 109 9.5 0.44
5242-10.3 BAR-CE 3/4 MNPT 3/4 FNPT 150 18.5 lbs / 8.4 kg 95 9.5 0.45
5242-16.2 BAR-CE 3/4 MNPT 3/4 FNPT 235 28 lbs / 12.7 kg 95 9.5 0.45
5242-20.7 BAR-CE 3/4 MNPT 3/4 FNPT 300 35.3 lbs / 16 kg 95 9.5 0.45
5242-24.1 BAR-CE 3/4 MNPT 3/4 FNPT 350 41 lbs / 18.6 kg 95 9.5 0.45
5244-10.3 BAR-CE 1 MNPT 1 FNPT 150 33.3 lbs / 15.1 kg 106 12.7 0.66
Heldon
Straight Through Relief Valves - ISO 4126 Complaint
Part No. Length Orifice
A Diameter
5231AX-10.3 BAR 3/8 NPTF 1/2 MSAE 150 9.7 lbs / 4.4 kg 94 7 0.39
5231BX-10.3 BAR 1/2 NPTF 5/8 MSAE 150 9.7 lbs / 4.4 kg 106 7 0.42
1. Inlet
2. Outlet
In accordance with ISO 4126, these valves reseat within 15% of In addition, a fluroelastomer soft seat material provides excellent
set pressure following a discharge. Typically, non-compliant sealing characteristics. Suitable for HFC, HCFC and CO2
valves close at 50% of the set pressure. Consequently, system refrigerant gases.
refrigerant loss is minimised when employing these valves.
Heldon
Example
When selecting a PRV with a non-standard pressure setting, the following
formulas will help to determine the new capacity rating of the valve.
Metric Units Imperial Units

Example: Example:
A 523/A Series PRV to be set at the non-standard setting of A 5231 PRV is to be set at the non-standard setting of 425psi.
30 bar. • Standard Pressure Settings = 400 psi and 450 psi
• Standard Pressure Settings = 27.6 bar and 31.0 bar • Valve Capacity Rating at 400psi = 12.7 lbs/min air
• Valve Capacity Rating at 27.6 bar = 9.6 kg/min air • Valve Capacity Rating at 450psi = 143 lbs/min air
• Valve Capacity Rating at 31 bar = 10.8 kg/min air
Therefore: Therefore:
Capacity P (new setting) + 1.013 Capacity Capacity P (new setting) + 1.013 Capacity
= x = x
(new Setting) P (std setting + 1.013 (std Setting) (new Setting) P (std setting + 1.013 (std Setting)
Capacity 30 bar + 1.013 bar Capacity 425 psi + 14.7 psi

= x 9.6 kg/min air = x 12.7 lbs/min air
(new Setting) 27.6 bar + 1.013 bar (new Setting) 400 psi + 14.7 psi
31.013 bar 439 psi

= x 9.6 = x 12.7
28.613 bar 414.7 psi
= 1.084 x 9.6 = 1.06 x 12.7

Capacity Capacity Pressure Relief Valves
(new Setting) = 10.63 kg/min air (new Setting) = 13.46 lbs/min air
Selection Guidelines Where

For safety reasons, relief valve selection should only be carried C = minimum required discharge capacity of the relief device in
out by suitably qualified engineers. It is important to select/ kilograms of air per second.
size a relief valve taking into account all possible sources of D = outside diameter of the vessel, in metres.
over-pressure such as external heat, internal heat, compressor L = length of vessel, in metres.
operation and liquid expansion. System control methodology, type ƒ = factor dependent on the refrigerant as follows:
of equipment used, etc. dictates the number of over-pressure
sources that need to be taken into account for PRV selection.
Refrigerant Value of ƒ
Henry Technologies pressure relief valves are designed to When used on the low pressure side of a limited charge cascade system:
discharge refrigerant vapour and are therefore not recommended R170, R744, R1150 0.082
for protection against liquid over pressure. R13, R13B1, R503 0.163
As a pressure relief valve is a safety device, it is essential that a R14 0.203

proper selection is made. When used in other applications:
R717 0.041
AS/NZS 1677.2 – 1998, Amendment 2 – 2000 is the relevant Australian
R11, R113, R123, R142B 0.082
Standard employed for pressure relief valve selection purposes.
R152A, R290, R600, R600a, R611 0.082
Paragraph 3.7.4.1 of these standard, states the following. R764 0.082
The minimum required discharge capacity of the pressure relief R-401A, R-401B 0.131
devices for each pressure vessel related to air shall be determined
R-402A, R-404A 0.203
by the following equation:
R-402B 0.163
C=ƒxDxL R12, R22, R114, R134A, R-407C

R-410A
0.131
0.203
R-C318, R500, R1270 0.203
R115, R502 0.203
Heldon
An example selection using this formula here for reference:
Example Installation
A liquid receiver is to be protected from over-pressure due to fire. 1. Connect the relief valve at a location above the liquid
Receiver dimensions = 2.2m long (L) x 0.254m outside diameter (D). refrigerant level, in the vapour space. Stop valves should not
Refrigerant = R404A be located between the vessel and the relief valve except the
Pressure setting = 20.68 barg. three-way type.
Employing the formula: C = f x D x L
2. Do not discharge the relief valve prior to installation or when
C = 0.203 x 0.254m x 2.2m pressure testing the system.
C = 0.113 kg of air per second.
3. Pressure relief valves should be mounted vertically.
This figure needs to be multiplied by 60 seconds per minute to
arrive at the final value required. 4. Relief valves should be changed out after discharge. Most
systems are subject to accumulations of debris. Particles
C = 0.113 kg/sec x 60 sec/minute of metal and dirt are generally blown onto relief valve seats
C = 6.78 kg/minute. during discharge. This inhibits the relief valve from re-sealing
at the original set pressure. A valve can also relieve at a lower
Therefore, for this example suitable models are 5232, 5232B or pressure than the stamped valve setting due to the force of
527E. Each of these models is rated at 10.98 kg / minute. The final the re-closing action.
choice depends on the preferred inlet and outlet connection sizes.
5. The pipe-work must not impose loads on the relief valve.
It is important not to grossly over-size a PRV as the performance Loads can occur due to misalignment, thermal expansion,
can be affected. Contact Heldon Products Australia for further discharge gas thrust, etc.
guidance.
References:
Pressure Relief Valves
ANSI/ASHRAE 15 – 2004, AS 1271 – 2003 and AS/NZS 1677.2 –
1998, Amendment 2 -2000.
Heldon
THREE-WAY DUAL SHUT-OFF VALVES
Introduction
The function of a three-way valve is to permit replacement of
one of the pressure relief devices, while the other is protecting
the pressure vessel. In this way, a vessel is protected from over-
pressure during servicing. It also allows a pressure relief device
to be replaced in-situ, without removing the system refrigerant
charge.
Applications
All three-way valves are suitable for HCFC and HFC refrigerants
along with their associated oils. The 802 series is also suitable
92 Series
for ammonia.
Refrigeration standard, EN378, specifies that a three-way valve

is required on vessels of a certain size. EN378, or an equivalent
National Standard, should be consulted for further guidance.
It should be recognised however that a three-way valve can be
fitted to a vessel of any size, to enable safe, easy and economical
replacement of pressure relief devices.
Features Benefits
1. Proven robust design. 1. Long life quality product.
2. Compact. 2. Minimal lay-in length.

Allowable Operating Pressure = 0 to 4,600 kPa The 92 and 80 series valve bodies are made from brass and carbon
Allowable Operating Temperature = -29oC to 149oC steel respectively. The stem is made from plated steel. The stem
seal packing is made from either PTFE or graphite based material.
Dimensions and Capacities The seal cap is made from moulded plastic.
1. Inlet Installation – Main issues

2. Outlet 1. Assemble the three-way valve to a vessel using a high
strength pipe nipple.
2. The pipe work must not impose loads on the valve. Loads can
occur due to misalignment, thermal expansion, discharge
gas thrust, etc
Conn. Size Dimensions (mm) Kv Weight

Part No. CE Cat
(Inch) A B C D E (m3/hr) (kg)
923 3/8 FNPT 70 52 63.5 32 91 2.80 SEP 0.51
925 1/2 FNPT 70 52 63.5 32 91 2.83 SEP 0.47
927 3/4 FNPT 70 52 70 35 100 3.48 SEP 0.70
*8021A 1/2 FNPT 92 59 86 44 146 4.78 SEP 1.47
*8022A 3/4 FNPT 92 59 86 44 146 7.60 SEP 1.33
*8024-CE 1 FNPT 148 94 99 51 191 10.07 SEP (CAT I) 3.70
*8025-CE 1 1/4 FNPT 148 94 99 51 191 14.36 CAT I (CAT II) 3.25
* Suitable for Ammonia. Brackets indicate CE category for Ammonia use.
Heldon
RUPTURE DISCS
Introduction
The function of a Rupture Disc is to protect against over-pressure.
For safety reasons, excessive over-pressure in any part of the
refrigeration system must be avoided. A rupture disc must be
used in combination with a Henry Technologies pressure relief valve.
A rupture disc protects against any leakage or weeping of
refrigerant through a relief valve. A rupture disc must also be used
in combination with a pressure gauge and/or pressure switch to
detect if a relief valve has discharged.
Henry Technologies rupture discs are designed to operate with

gases and should not be used to prevent liquid over-pressure. The
brass 55 series models are suitable for use with HCFC and HFC
refrigerant gases. The stainless steel 56 series models are also
suitable for ammonia.
In line with the Institute of Refrigeration Guidelines (UK), it is

recommended that at least every 2 years all high side bursting
discs should be replaced. At least every 5 years all low side bursting
discs should be replaced. These intervals may have to be reduced
if other regulations apply.
How it works
A foil disc is clamped in a holder. The disc is designed to burst at a Each disc is manufactured with a precision score mark. This
score mark in combination with the buckling action causes the
pre-determined pressure - the set pressure. A reverse acting disc disc to burst. At burst, the disc is designed to hinge resulting
is used. This means that the disc is domed against the direction in a large available flow area. The disc is designed to be non-
of the fluid pressure and designed to buckle due to compression fragmenting after rupturing.
forces, prior to bursting. Advantages of a reverse acting disc
include being less sensitive to temperature close to set point
tolerance and improved fatigue life.
Features Benefits
1. Proven safe design. 1. Quality you can depend upon.
2. Dual Coded - ASME & CE. 2. Compliance with AS1271.
3. High flow capacity. 3. Relieves pressure quickly.
4. Compact. 4. Minimal lay-in length.
5. Reverse acting, non-fragmenting disc. 5. Will not fatique at high operating temperature and pressure.
6. 2 x 1/8 NPT pressure ports. 6. Provision for pressure indicator and switch.
7. Helium leak tested. 7. Guaranteed leak resistant.
8. Non-standard pressure settings available on request. 8. Can be made to suit specific applications.

Set Pressure Range = 1,030 kPa to 4,600 kPa For 552 and 562 series, the main bodies are made from brass and
Allowable Operating Temperature = -40oC to 107oC stainless steel respectively.
The foil disc is made from Nickel alloy.
Heldon
Selection Guidelines Example
1. The rupture disc pressure setting must be the same as the Rupture disc stamped setting = 31 barg @ 22oC
Henry Technologies pressure relief valve setting. Minimum actual burst pressure, using manufacturing tolerance
= 0.95 x 31 = 29.45 barg
2. The stamped burst pressure is subject to a manufacturing
tolerance of +/-5 %. Maximum actual burst pressure, using manufacturing tolerance
= 1.05 x 31 = 32.55 barg
3. The burst pressure is affected by operating fluid temperature.
Refer to table for temperature adjustment factors. At higher Maximum operating fluid temperature = 40oC
operating temperatures the disc burst pressure is reduced
while at sub-zero temperatures it is increased. This factor To determine the recommended maximum operating pressure,
should be taken into account when specifying a rupture the user should consider the -5% manufacturing tolerance and
disc setting. the de-rate factors for both temperature and fatigue life.
Therefore:
Temperature Range, oC Temperature adjustment factor Minimum actual burst pressure = 29.45 barg
-40 to -18 1.05 Temperature de-rate factor = 1.0
-17 to -1 1.04 Fatigue life de-rate factor = 0.8
0 to +45 1.00 Recommended maximum operating pressure for rupture disc
+46 to +80 0.98 = 29.45 x 1.0 x 0.8 = 23.6 barg.
+81 to +107 0.97
4. It is recommended that the maximum operating pressure

of the system is no more than 80% of the stamped burst
pressure, in order to minimise the risk of premature fatigue
failure of the disc. If operating pressures has exceeded 90%
of the stamped burst pressure, the disc should be replaced
immediately.
5. The design fatigue strength of each disc is 100,000 pressure

cycles. Fatigue life will be reduced by excessive pressures
or temperatures, corrosion, damage, etc.

1. Connect the rupture disc either directly to the pressure vessel Rupture Disc manufaturing range @ 22OC
or to a three-way valve above the liquid refrigerant level in the Pressure Setting (barg) Pressure Range (barg)
vapour space.
10.3 9.8 - 10.8
2. The rupture disc comprises of a two-piece body design. To avoid 14.0 13.3 - 14.7
damage during assembly or removal, the product Installation 16.2 15.4 -17.0
Instructions must be followed. 17.2 16.3 - 18.0
3. The pipe work must not impose loads on the rupture disc. 20.7 19.7 - 21.7
24.1 22.9 - 25.3
Loads can occur due to misalignment, thermal expansion, 24.8 23.6 - 26.0
discharge gas thrust, etc.
27.6 26.2 - 29.0
31.0 29.5 - 32.6
Rupture Discs
Heldon
1. Inlet
2. Outlet
3. Gauge Port, 1/8 NPT
4. Rupture Disc
5626 Series
Connection
Dimensions (mm) Rupture
Size (Inch) Set
Disc setting Weight
Part No. Pressure MNFA CE Cat
at 22oC (kg)
Inlet Outlet (PSIG) A B C D mm2
(barg)
(note 1)
5525-235-CE 235 16.2
5525-300-CE 300 20.7
5525-350-CE 3/8 MNPT 3/8 FNPT 350 65 31.8 A/F 9.7 20 64.5 24.1 0.28 Cat IV
5525-400-CE 400 27.6
5525-450-CE 450 31.0
5526-200-CE 200 14.0
5526-235-CE 235 16.2
5526-300-CE 300 20.7
1/2 MNPT 1/2 FNPT 73 31.8 A/F 12.7 23 109.7 0.30 Cat IV
5526-350-CE 350 24.1
5526-400-CE 400 27.6
5526-450-CE 450 31.0
5626-150-CE 150 10.3
5626-250-CE 1/2 MNPT 1/2 MNPT 250 73 28.6 12.7 23 109.7 17.2 0.20 Cat IV
5626-300-CE 300 20.7
5627-150-CE 150 10.3
5627-250-CE 3/4 MNPT 3/4 MNPT 250 81 38.1 19 29 187..1 17.2 0.34 Cat IV
5627-300-CE 300 20.7
5628-150-CE 150 10.3
5628-250-CE 1 MNPT 1 MNPT 250 93 44.5 25.5 32 335.5 17.2 0.56 Cat IV
5628-300-CE 300 20.7
5629-150-CE 150 10.3
1 1/4 1 1/4
5629-250-CE 250 95 50.8 33.3 33 683.9 17.2 0.76 Cat IV
MNPT MNPT
5629-300-CE 300 20.7
Rupture Discs
Note 1: MNFA = Minimum net flow area. The MNFA is the net area after a complete disc burst, taking into account any structural
members which reduce the nominal flow area.
MNFA should be used as the flow area, A, in flow capacity calculations.
Heldon
PRESSURE INDICATOR
Introduction
The function of the Pressure Indicator is to provide visual
indication in the event of a rupture disc burst. If the disc has
ruptured, the pressure relief valve will have discharged and must
be replaced (refer to Technical Information - Sentry Safety Device
Assemblies).
The G15 Pressure Indicator is intended to be used as part of the

Henry Sentry safety device assembly.
The unit is suitable for use with HCFC, HFC and ammonia
Features Benefits
1. Easy to read large indicator dial. 1. Positive indication of a burst rupture disc.
2. Stainless steel movement. 2. Corrosion resistant, long life.
3. Plexiglas lens. 3. Water resistance.

Allowable Operating Pressure = 0 to 4,140 kPa Stainless steel case and movement.
Allowable Operating Temperature = -40oC to 65oC Plexiglas dial window.
Maximum Working Pressure = 600 psi

Pressure Indicator
Part No. Weight (kg) CE Cat

G15 0.03 SEP
Heldon
PRESSURE SWITCH
Introduction
The SW60 Pressure Switch provides an electrical signal when
fluid pressure is applied.
The SW60 Pressure Switch is intended to be used as part of the

Henry Technologies Sentry safety device assembly.
The unit is suitable for use with HCFC, HFC and ammonia
SW60
Features Benefits
1. CE approved. 1. Certified performance.
2. Robust design. 2. Suits field usage.
3. IP 65 protection class. 3. Offering good protection against water and dust ingress.
4. Easy electrical connection via DIN connector. 4. Quick and safe connections.

Pressure Set Point = 0.34 barg rising The unit housing is made from stainless steel and the seal
Switch Proof Pressure = 70 barg diaphragm from neoprene.
Allowable Operating Ambient Temperature = -40oC to 80oC
Allowable Operating Fluid Temperature = -40oC to 120oC
Switch Rating = 5A, SPDT @ 120/240V AC and 12/24V DC

Electrical Connection = DIN, 1/2” conduit
Mechanical connection = 1/8” NPT
Weight = 0.14 kg
CE marked for LVD & EMC Directive

1. Switch Assembly
2. DIM Connector
3. 1/2" Conduit Connection
Pressure Switch
Heldon
SENTRY SAFETY DEVICE ASSEMBLIES
Introduction
The primary purpose of a Sentry safety device assembly is to
provide a positive seal between the system and atmosphere and
facilitate an indicating device to be fitted. The indicating device
notifies the user if the pressure relief valve has discharged. This
is a requirement of Refrigeration Standard AS/NZS 1677.2.
A dual Sentry safety device assembly also provides a safe and

economical method for replacing safety devices on a pressure
vessel. Typically, this vessel will be a refrigerant liquid receiver.
The Sentry assembly protects the receiver from over-pressure.
The Sentry safety device assemblies comprise a number of

items from the Henry Technologies product range. There are
two versions; a single safety device assembly and a dual safety
device assembly. Each pressure relief device must have the required capacity to
protect the vessel from over-pressure.
The single safety device assembly comprises of a pressure relief
valve, rupture disc, pressure indicator gauge and an optional For both assemblies, a 1/8” NPT rupture disc blanking plug is
pressure switch. required if the user does not fit both the pressure gauge and
pressure switch. For the dual assembly, a pipe nipple is normally
The dual safety device assembly comprises two pressure relief required to assemble the three-way valve to the pressure vessel.
valves, two rupture discs, two pressure indicator gauges, two
optional pressure switches and a three way valve. In general, the user needs to order the individual items in each
assembly. For popular combinations, SDK safety device kits are
available.
Applications and Features

In line with the Institute of Refrigeration Guidelines (UK), Henry relief valve has discharged. The pressure gauge provides a
Technologies recommend that pressure relief valves and low side visual indication. The pressure switch provides an electrical
rupture discs be replaced at least every 5 years. All high side signal which can be used as an alarm.
rupture discs should be replaced every 2 years. These intervals
may have to be reduced if other regulations apply. The dual Sentry 6. Inter-space monitoring
assembly provides a convenient solution for the replacement of The pressure gauge and pressure indicator must be used
safety devices along with other user benefits. to check that the bursting disc is intact. This provides a
warning in case there is a build up of pressure behind the
The features of a dual Sentry Assembly are:- disc, as a result of damage. Any back pressure will increase
the design relief pressure of the rupture disc.
1. Safe, easy and economical maintenance
The three-way valve permits replacement of one of the relief In comparison, the features of a single Sentry assembly are;
devices, while the other is protecting the pressure vessel. protection against over-pressure, hermetic sealing, warning of
In this way, a vessel is protected from over-pressure during safety device discharge and inter-space monitoring.
servicing. It also allows a pressure relief device to be replaced
in-situ, without removing the system refrigerant charge.
2. Protection against over-pressure

The rupture disc and relief valve will open at a pre-determined
value to prevent excessive pressure.
3. Code Compliance
Refrigeration Codes specify that a three-way valve is required
on vessels of a certain size.
Technical Information
4. Hermetic Sealing
During normal operation, the rupture disc prevents any
leakage or weeping of refrigerant through the relief valve.
5. Warning of safety device discharge

Both the pressure gauge and pressure switch indicate if the
Heldon
Figure 1 Figure 2
1. Pipe nipple
2. Three-way valve
3. G15 gauge
(no pressure applied)
4. Rupture disc
5. SW60 Pressure switch
(optional)
6. Relief valve
7. Plug, 1/8 NPT
8. G15 gauge
(pressure applied)
Sentry Assembly Combinations

The table shows some example of the recommended relief valve,
rupture disc and three-way valve combinations. Please refer to
the relief valve catalogue pages for outlet connection sizes.
Figure 3
Relief Valves Rupture Disc Three Way Valve Connection Size

Part No. Part No. Part No. (Inch)
526E 5525 923 3/8
5231A 5525 923 3/8
5231B 5526 925 1/2
5232A 5526 8021 or 925 1/2
(see note)
5340 5626 8021A 1/2
5242 5627 8022A or 927 3/4
(see note)
5244 5628 8024 1

5246 5629 8025 1 1/4
Note: Where possible it is best to select the three way valve with the
larger KV value. Figure 4
How it works
The diagram (Figure 3) shows the rupture disc intact. Normal
system pressure acts on the rupture disc. There is no pressure
in the chamber between the rupture disc and relief valve. Note
that the pressure is diverted to one side of the three-way valve
only, allowing the valve on the other side to be safely removed,
if required.
The diagram (Figure 4) shows the rupture disc burst. The pressure
is now contained by the relief valve only. The pressure switch
Technical Information
would now detect the pressure in the chamber between the

rupture disc and relief valve. The gauge, if fitted, would indicate
that pressure is acting in this chamber. In this condition, the relief
valve will have discharged due to system over-pressure. Both the
relief valve and rupture disc now need to be replaced.
Heldon
SAFETY DEVICE KITS
Introduction
SDK 1
The function of a Safety Device Kit is to protect against over-
pressure. For safety reasons, excessive over-pressure in any part
of the refrigeration system must be avoided.
Two kits are available, SDK1 and SDK2.
The SDK1 kit is a single safety device assembly. It comprises of a

pressure relief valve, rupture disc, pressure indicator gauge and
a 1/8” NPT rupture disc blanking plug.
The SDK2 kit is a dual safety device assembly. It comprises of two

pressure relief valves, two rupture discs, two pressure indicator SDK 2
gauges, two blanking plugs, a three-way valve and a 1/2” NPT
pipe nipple.
A typical application for a Henry Technologies Safety Device Kit

is to protect a liquid receiver from being over-pressurised. Refer
to the catalogue pages for a description on the function of each
individual component.
The kits are designed for use with HCFC and HFC refrigerants,
along with their associated oils
Features Benefits
1. Combines Henry Technologies relief devices in one easy-to- 1. Compatible kits make selection easy.
order kit.
2. Components packed into compact display carton. 2. Great for wholesaler displays.
3. Easy to store. 3. Easier warehousing.
Technical Specification Selection Data

Refer to the catalogue pages for the maximum operating Selection of relief devices should be as outlined in respective
pressures and temperatures for each item. catalogue pages. Ensure that relief valve selection guidance is
followed prior to ordering of kits.
Materials of Construction
The main components for the SDK kits are made from brass
and steel. Refer to individual catalogue pages for details on each
component.
Safety Kits
Heldon
Contents of Kits
Relief Valve Rupture Disc Indicator Gauge

Part No.
Part No. Q'ty Part No. Q'ty Part No. Q'ty
SDK1-14.0BAR-CE 5231B-14.0 BAR-CE 1 5526-14.0 BAR-CE 1 G15 1
Relief Valve Rupture Disc Indicator Gauge Three-way Valve

Part No.
Part No. Q'ty Part No. Q'ty Part No. Q'ty Part No. Q'ty
SDK2-14.0BAR-CE 5231B-14.0 BAR-CE 2 5526-14.0 BAR-CE 2 G15 2 925 1
Safety Kits
Heldon
LIQUID LEVEL SWITCHES
Introduction
The function of a Liquid Level Switch is detect and monitor liquid
levels. The level switch can be installed in a number of locations
in the refrigeration system such as liquid receivers, suction line
accumulators and compressor crankcases.
The range is designed for use with HCFC, HFC and ammonia
refrigerants, along with their associated oils. A 1” MNPT level
switch is recommended for ammonia applications. For other
refrigerant/oil combinations, please contact Heldon Products.
The S-94 series electronic level switches use infrared light

reflecting from a conical glass prism as a means of detecting the
absence of fluid at the level of the glass cone. An integral part
of the switch is an infrared module, containing a light emitter
and receiver.
When no fluid covers the lower half of the cone, infrared light from
S-94 Series
the emitter reflects from the inner surface of the cone back to the
receiver. This signals the module to switch. When fluid covers the
lower half of the cone, the light from the emitter disperses into
the fluid. The resulting absence of reflected light is detected by
the receiver and the module switches in the opposite direction.
Features Benefits
1. Patented optical sensor technology. * 1. Infrared model gives great accuracy.
2. Robust design. 2. Suits the toughest conditions.
3. Serviceable without refrigerant loss. 3. No need for plant isolation when servicing.
4. No moving parts. 4. Simple and reliable.
5. Fused glass hermetic seal. 5. Avoids leak paths.
*US patent 5278426

Allowable Operating Pressure: 0 to 4,600 kPa The switch consists of a plated steel body with a built-in fused
Allowable Operating Temperature: -40oC to 99oC glass prism.
Mounting: Horizontal only

Supply voltage: Refer to table
Switch inductive rating: 36VA pilot duty rated
Contact life: Over 1 million cycles at rated electrical load
Power for operation: 3.5mA AC, 5.5mA DC
Minimum load: 2mA (without bleed resistor)
Resistive rating: Refer to table
Contacts, power off: Normally Open (NO)
Contacts, power on: Refer to table (liquid present)
Customer interface: Refer to table
Liquid Level Switches
Heldon
1. Fixed glass prism

2. Relay Module
replaceable)
3. Black lead; L1/AC,
(+)/DC
4. White (or White with
a stripe) lead; L2/AC,
(-)/DC
5. Relay output, see table
S-94 Series for lead colour
Dimensions
Contacts
Resistive Wire Colour Mounting A/F Length Weight
Part No. Voltage with Liquid
Rating Code Thread Size (mm) (mm) (kg)
Present
A B C
S-9420 208/240V 50/60 Hz 0.25 Amp Closed Red & White 1/2 MNPT 31.8 192 0.22
S-9420-1 208/240V 50/60 Hz 0.25 Amp Closed Red & White 1 MNPT 31.8 192 0.22
S-9420A 208/240V 50/60 Hz 0.25 Amp Open Red & White/Stripe 1/2 MNPT 31.8 192 0.22
S-9420A-1 208/240V 50/60 Hz 0.25 Amp Open Red & White/Stripe 1 MNPT 31.8 192 0.22
S-9424 24V AC/DC 0.5 Amp Closed Orange & White 1/2 MNPT 31.8 192 0.22
S-9424-1 24V AC/DC 0.5 Amp Closed Orange & White 1 MNPT 31.8 192 0.22
S-9424A 24V AC/DC 0.5 Amp Open Orange & White/Stripe 1/2 MNPT 31.8 192 0.22
S-9424A-1 24V AC/DC 0.5 Amp Open Orange & White/Stripe 1 MNPT 31.8 192 0.22
The optional 1” MNPT level switches allow the unit to be

mounted closer to the inner wall of the vessel. This eliminates
the potential for a pool of liquid next to the glass prism, which
can be detrimental to performance. A 1” MNPT level switch is
recommended for ammonia applications where residue can build
up on the glass prism.

1. Install a level switch horizontally. If the unit is mounted at
an angle or vertically, liquid can be trapped which will cause
switching problems.
2. Ensure that no object is within 50mm of the glass prism.
3. Wiring diagrams are included in the Product Instruction

sheets.
4. The switches should not be used with very dirty liquids.
5. Full instructions are given in the Product Instruction Sheet

provided with each unit.
Heldon
LIQUID LEVEL SWITCHES (II)
Introduction
The E-9400 series liquid level switches use infrared light
reflecting from a conical glass prism moulded in the sight glass
as a means of detecting the absence of a fluid at the level of
the glass cone. When no fluid covers the lower half of the cone,
infra-red light from the module reflects from the mirror-like
inner surface of the cone back to a light detector signalling the
electronic module to switch. When fluid covers the lower half of
the glass cone, the light from the module passes into the fluid.
E-9400 Series
This absence of light is detected by the module, which switches
into the opposite direction. The module provides a .06/.10
differential distance from the cone point down.
Features Benefits
1. Eliminates mechanical floats. 1. Saves expense.
2. Reduces number of connections required on liquid level 2. Simplicity and ease of operation. Avoids potential leak paths.
columns by mechanical floats.
3. Provides automatic control of pumps, valves, high and low 3. Versatile and convenient.
alarms, and cut-outs.
4. Can be interfaced with a computer to track and record 4. Responsible refrigerant management.
refrigerant levels.
5. Serviceable in situ. 5. Avoids refrigerant loss.
6. No contact level sensing. 6. No pump down required to change modules.
Installation Module Replacement

The E-9400 series liquid level switch is intended to be mounted 1. Disconnect the power.
horizontally on the side of a liquid level column in the sight 2. Remove wiring box from the retainer.
glass cap. The switch can be installed on any location on the 3. Remove the R. Ring with an IRR P-101 or equivalent
liquid level column when the temperatures do not exceed the retaining ring pliers.
rating specified. This includes oil separators, oil reservoirs and 4. Remove the adapter.
refrigerant receivers. The electrical connection end is suitable for 5. Pull out the module by the leads.
1⁄2" conduit. For electrical safety, liquid level switch types which 6. Install new module.
use an AC power supply must be used on grounded equipment. 7. Verify the voltage rating.
8. Re-assemble.
Technical Specification Application Wiring

Manufactured to UL standards #873 and #207 file numbers. Wiring diagrams for both AC and DC applications are shown
E141577 and SA6720, U.S. Patent 5,278,426 below. The 3 wire switching circuits shown can be used in a
Maximum Working Pressure: 3,450 kPa (500 psi) number of applications.
Temperature rating: See table
Mounting: Horizontal only

Switch inductive ratings: 35 va pilot duty rated
Contact, power off: Normally Open (N.O.)
Contact life: More than one million cycles at rated electrical load
Power for operation: 3.5 ma AC, 5.5 ma DC
Minimum load: 2 ma (without bleed resistor)
Heldon
Contacts
Min/Max
Resistive with Wire Colour
Part No. Voltage Fluid Tem-
b ` c Y X U `
a
`
\ d e f g h i j
X W U _ k
i l h i
W m [ U
j
]
T U V W U X T Y Z Y [
Rating Liquid Code

_
i h
W
\
_
i
c Y
l \
W m m [ U Y X n W
j h
_ U
i j o i p a
perature
Present
U ] ^ _ ] [ `
\ \ \ a
208/240V 50/60
E-9420 0.25 Amp N.C. Red & White -40°C to 93°C
Hz
208/240V 50/60 Red & White/
E-9420A 0.25 Amp N.O. -40°C to 93°C
Hz Stripe
T U V W U X [ Y Z Y [ U _ ^ U T W U _ Y X r
E-9424 24V AC/DC 0.5 Amp N.C. Orange & White -40°C to 99°C
\ q h j h o i
Orange & White/

E-9424A 24V AC/DC 0.5 Amp N.O. -40°C to 99°C
Stripe
Application Wiring
Wiring diagrams for both AC and DC applications are shown below.
The 3 wire switching circuits shown can be used in a number of
applications.
Liquid Level Switch Details Disassembled View Liquid Level Switch Assembled View (no sight glass)
Figure 1 Figure 2
¥ ¦ §

ª « ¨ ¬ ¬
¡ ¢ £ ¤
2.5”
s t u v w x y s t u v w z { v y u | w } ~ z z
} w } z z
w v | v w w v w x y x x y
¨ § © ¦ ¨
O-Ring
Figure 3 Figure 4
ï
ú ë í í ã é ä û ü ý ä ü ÷ ù ð ù û þ ý è ÿ è ã ú ù ì å ø ý è ä ü
´ µ ¶ · ¸ · ¹ º
Ú Û Ü Ý Þ Ý ß à
¼ ½ ¾ ¿ À
â ã ä å æ
± ² ³ ´ µ
Õ Ù Ú Û
Á Â ½ ¾ Ã Ä Å Æ Ç Å Æ
ç è ã ä é ê ë ì í ë ì
ý è ÿ è ã
® ¯ °
Õ Ö × Ø
È É ½ É Å Ê Ç Â Ê Ë ¾ Ì ½ Â Í Î Ï Ð
î ï ï
ã ë ð í è ð ñ ä ò ã è ó ô õ ö
ú ù ì å ø
Ñ Ò Ó Æ Â É Ê
ï
÷ ø ù ì è ð
± » ³ ´ µ
Õ á Ú Û
Ñ Ò Ó Æ Â Ô Æ Ê Ó Ç Â
÷ ø ù ì è ú ì ð ù í è
Figure 5
Example:

Differential control of liquid level using E-9420A liquid level switch

operation:


1. Turn on solenoid valve when level goes below lower E-9420A

2. Turn off solenoid valve when level goes above upper E-9420A

Heldon
LIQUID & OIL LEVEL PROBES
Introduction
The LLP level probe measures receiver refrigerant level by
sensing a change in capacitance between the LLP probe rod and
the receiver tank wall. As the liquid refrigerant changes in level it
changes in output voltage between 0 and 5 volts. In other words,
2.5 volts can be scaled to indicate a 50% liquid level. 0% level
is typically set as one inch from the tank bottom. 100 % level is
typically set as the receiver 90% fill level.
Recalibration
The Henry Technologies LLP Series probes are factory calibrated
for a 16” diameter vertical receiver and diameters or refrigerants.
To obtain maximum accuracy, the probe can be re-calibrated after
the system has been in operation and conditions have stabilised.
Re-Calibration Procedure:
1. Monitor the output voltage using a voltmeter installed in
parallel with the signal and common leads of the control
loop. (Terminals 2 & 3 on the wiring diagram.)
2. Lower the refrigerant level in the receiver to a level equal LLP Series
to 0%. Adjust the “Zero” calibration screw for a voltmeter
reading of 0.0 volts DC.
The re-calibration is complete.
3. Raise the refrigerant level in the receiver to a level equal to
50% level. Adjust the “Span” calibration screw for a voltmeter For applications which require a 1-6V or 4-20mA output, consult
reading of 2.5 volts DC. the factory.
Features Benefits
1. 10-24VDC Supply Voltage. 1. Safe and simple field wiring.
2. Optional Relay for 20% low level alarm. 2. Optional relay can provide a level indication to a remote
alarm system to show insufficient refrigerant quantity.
3. Relay Ratings: 250V @ 7 Amp Resistive. 3. Relays have sufficient capacity to provide long term, trouble
free operation.
4. Output: 0V-5VDC, 1V-6VDC,4-20mA . 4. Outputs are compatible with modern building management
systems.
5. Continuous accurate measurement of receiver liquid level. 5. Promotes responsible refrigerant management.
6. Suitable for all popular refrigerants including R410A, 6. One level probe suits a multitude of refrigerants.
R404A, R507, R134a, R22.
7. Special CO2 unit available upon requests. 7. Unit available to work with Higher Pressure Refrigerant CO2.
LINE
P Q R S T U V W X V R Y Z R S [ \ R
] ^ _
S Z Y ` a b X c d V e W Y f
GROUND
VOLTAGE
Technical Specification
g Q Y d S h i j Y k S Z Y j W Y U [ R \
S U h Y Y R f
l m n o p q o r s t u o v w x m y z w o w
{ | } x v o ~ s r o
RACK
Working Pressure = 5,500 kPa (800 psi) CONTROLLER
2VDC
Ambient Temperature: -40oC to 70oC
J * $ ) # . % K $ / L $ ) M N $
E E
- % / - # . . / & $ # L
E O
POWER
0-5VDC
SUPPLY
FROM PROBE
Note:Unless otherwise indicated,
. H $

E

%

% /

D E
& ' % ) $ F - G G ) H * %
E I
+ - + -
probes are calibrated for R404A /R22.
/ ) M N $
This standard calibration also works

with R134a, R507 and R410A within 5%
Liquid & Oil Level Probes
! " # $ # % # & '

NC
( % ) * + , $ - # . . / & $ ) # .
COM NO
of receiver level.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; < 3 6 9
123
( * / & )
I
= 2 6 3 5 7 > ? ? = 2 6 3 5 7 > ? ? = 2 > > 7
456
L # /
O
Relay Output
= 2 6 5 @ A B C >
F / . M $ N
456
Zero Adjust Calibration

a f a
J ) % F / / %
Span Adjust Calibration

) . ) , - % / L / . & /
E
! G )
E
$ # # $ $ # # " / & / ) / L
D
Heldon
COPPER FITTINGS
Introduction
Heldon Copper Fittings are engineered and manufactured to
meet or exceed Australian and International Standards in ISO
9000-2001 certified facilities as verified by:
1. Proof Testing to exceed 4 times Safe Working Pressure.
2. Sectioning and dimensional testing.
3. Stringent quality control measures and rigorously tested to

ensure minimum wall thicknesses and the removal of stress
and fatigue focus points.
Heldon Copper Fittings are suitable for use with the American
“Copper Tubes for Air-conditioning & Refrigeration Field Service
- ASTM B280” and the “Australian and New Zealand Standard
AS/NZS 1571 – Copper Seamless tube for Air-conditioning and
Refrigeration”.
A large range of Refrigeration Fittings are available to suit all

popular refrigerants including R410A and CO 2 (sub-critical)
refrigerants.
Standard Fittings Large Diameter High Pressure Fittings

Heldon’s standard copper fittings are substantially thicker on Heldon’s new range of large diameter copper fittings is now
average than other fittings on the market today as they are available.
manufactured to exceed B 16.22-1989. Consequently they also
have a higher pressure rating. Burst tests further indicate Consisting of a selection of Couplings, 90 degree Elbows and
that Heldon copper fittings are more than 10% stronger than Stop Ends, these Fittings are rated to a Safe Working Pressure
other fittings on the local market. A range of sizes up to of 3,200 kPa up to 50 degrees Celsius. This makes them ideal for
4 1/8” is available. the Low Pressure side of R410A and CO2 systems below 3.2MPa).
R400 Series Fittings Special Fittings

Heldon’s R400 Series fittings are packed or stamped R400 and Can be designed and made to customer requirements in many
are suitable for R410A with a Safe Working Pressure (SWP) of sizes.
approximately 5,000 kPa at ambient temperature. A range of
sizes of up to 1 5/8” are currently available.
Wall Thickness and Pressure Ratings Fittings

Working pressure is a function of the wall thickness, diameter Fittings have a wall thickness reduction of approximately 20%,
and working temperature. Often it appears that fittings are but a similar Safe Working Pressure. This is because fittings
thinner than the tube they are joining, but this may be explained have a 4 times safety factor, as specified by ASME B16.22 2001.
by the allowance designed into the tube for thinning when it is Fswp = Fitting Safe Working Pressure
bent or formed. This can be as much as 25%, but the average is
= Burst Pressure min. / 4.
20% for fittings up to 2 5/8”. Also, some standard tubes may be
thicker than required, due to the limited tube availability versus
optimum design.
Joining
Strong, leak-free connections for copper can be made easily by
Tubing brazing with “filler metals”. Employing “silver brazing alloys”
(silver solder), competent tradespeople can install copper
In summary, the Standards AS/NZS 1571, 4041and ASMEB280,
pipe work & fittings in accordance with the methodologies
give a Safe Working Pressure for annealed tube, with a 5 times
as recommended in AS HB40. The use of 15% silver solder is
safety factor to the Nominal Pressure.
recommended when brazing copper tubing or fittings for use
Tswp = Tube Safe Working Pressure with R410A or other high pressure refrigerants.
= Burst Pressure approx. / 5
Heldon
Note that in order for silver brazing alloys to melt and flow application. The end user or system designer must satisfy
properly, 620˚c to 790°c is required. At these high temperatures themselves of a part’s suitability for use in their systems application.
the copper will react with oxygen in the air and form copper Once satisfied in this regard, they can enjoy the benefits of having
oxide (scale) on the inner walls of the copper components. chosen a quality Heldon product.
This scale will be broken off into flakes by liquid refrigerant
passing through the pipe work. These flakes will produce a fine Copper has a considerable drop in allowable stress with increased
powder which can cause blockages in filter driers, strainers operating temperatures, reducing by 17% between 50˚c and 75°c.
and capillary tubes. Safe Working Pressure tables are listed for most fitting types.
It is recommended to use an inert gas such as Dry Nitrogen, to R410A fittings, according to AIRAH, should be rated for 4,200 kPa
displace any air inside the pipe work when silver brazing copper at 65˚C. This is equivalent to 4,670. kPa at 50°c based on allowable
and avoid the creation of copper oxide. stress. Most Heldon R410A fittings meet 5,000 kPa which gives
a SWP of 4,150 kPa at 75˚C.
Suitability for Application
Note: Stop Ends, U Bends and Y-pieces have a lower SWP due
Copper can work harden. These product specifications are
to their design shape. Consult Heldon Products Australia for
based on static in-house tests, calculated data, information
details.
from material suppliers and relevant standards. Heldon
cannot predict the conditions or unique dynamics created in
the working environment by the combination of temperature, Note: R410A SWP equals 4,200 kPa. CO2 SWP equals 5,200 kPa.
pressure, vibration and pulsation that will vary for each particular
Capacities
Safe Working Temperatures at Working Temperatures

Standard Fittings R410A Fittings
Safe Working Pressure (kPa) Safe Working Pressure (kPa)
Conn. Size Conn. Size
(Inch) -29oC to 50oC up to 65oC up to 75oC up to 120oC (Inch) -29oC to 50oC up to 65oC up to 75oC up to 120oC
3/16 10000 8900 8300 8000 3/16 10000 8900 8300 8000
1/4 10000 8900 8300 8000 1/4 10000 8900 8300 8000
5/16 8500 7565 7055 6800 5/16 8500 7565 7055 6800
1/2 6000 5340 4980 4800 1/2 6000 5340 4980 4800
5/8 5600 4984 4648 4480 5/8 5600 4984 4648 4480
3/4 5000 4450 4150 4000 3/4 5000 4450 4150 4000
7/8 4500 4005 3735 3600 7/8 5000 4450 4150 4000
1 4500 4005 3735 3600 1 5000 4450 4150 4000
1 1/8 4000 3560 3320 3200 1 1/8 5000 4450 4150 4000
1 1/4 3900 3471 3237 3120 1 1/4 5000 4450 4150 4000
1 3/8 3500 3115 2905 2800 1 3/8 5000 4450 4150 4000
1 1/2 3500 3115 2905 2800 1 1/2 5000 4450 4150 4000
1 5/8 3300 2937 2739 2640 1 5/8 5000 4450 4150 4000
1 3/4 3500 2937 2739 2640
2 3100 2759 2573 2480 Large Diameter High Pressure Copper Fittings SWP (kPa)
2 1/8 2900 2407 2320 2236
2 1/4 2700 2403 2241 2160 2 1/8 3200
Note: For temperatures greater than
2 1/2 2700 2403 2241 2160 2 5/8 3200 50°C, please consult with Heldon
2 5/8 2700 2403 2241 2160 3 1/8 3200 Products Australia.
3 2200 1958 1826 1760
3 1/8 2180 1940 1809 1744
3 1/2 2100 1869 1743 1680
Fittings
3 5/8 2090 1860 1735 1672

4 2050 1825 1702 1640
4 1/8 2020 1825 1702 1616
Heldon
COPPER COUPLINGS
Copper Couplings Copper Couplings

Part No. ID to ID Pack Q'ty Part No. ID to ID Pack Q'ty
1009-0303 3/16 x 3/16 10 1009-2416 1 1/2 x 1 2
1009-0404 1/4 x 1/4 10 1009-2420 1 1/2 x 1 1/4 2
1009-0505 5/16 x 5/16 10 1009-2424 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 2
1009-0604 3/8 x 1/4 10 1009-2614 1 5/8 x 7/8 1
1009-0606 3/8 x 3/8 10 1009-2618 1 5/8 x 1 1/8 1
1009-0804 1/2 x 1/4 10 1009-2622 1 5/8 x 1 3/8 1
1009-0806 1/2 x 3/8 10 1009-2622-410A 1 5/8 x 1 3/8 1
1009-0808 1/2 x 1/2 10 1009-2626 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 1
1009-1006 5/8 x 3/8 10 1009-2626-410A 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 1
1009-1008 5/8 x 1/2 10 1009-3218 2 x 1 1/8 1
1009-1010 5/8 x 5/8 10 1009-3222 2 x 1 3/8 1
1009-1206 3/4 x 3/8 5 1009-3224 2 x 1 1/2 1
1009-1208 3/4 x 1/2 5 1009-3232 2x2 1
1009-1210 3/4 x 5/8 5 1009-3418 2 1/8 x 1 1/8 1
1009-1212 3/4 x 3/4 5 1009-3422 2 1/8 x 1 3/8 1
1009-1408 7/8 x 1/2 5 1009-3422-HP 2 1/8 x 1 3/8 1
1009-1410 7/8 x 5/8 5 1009-3426 2 1/8 x 1 5/8 1
1009-1412 7/8 x 3/4 5 1009-3426-HP 2 1/8 x 1 5/8 1
1009-1414 7/8 x 7/8 5 1009-3434 2 1/8 x 2 1/8 1
1009-1608 1 x 1/2 5 1009-4218 2 5/8 x 1 1/8 1
1009-1612 1 x 3/4 5 1009-4222 2 5/8 x 1 3/8 1
1009-1614 1 x 7/8 5 1009-4222-HP 2 5/8 x 1 3/8 1
1009-1616 1x1 5 1009-4226 2 5/8 x 1 5/8 1
1009-1808 1 1/8 x 1/2 2 1009-4226-HP 2 5/8 x 1 5/8 1
1009-1810 1 1/8 x 5/8 2 1009-4234 2 5/8 x 2 1/8 1
1009-1810-410A 1 1/8 x 5/8 2 1009-4234-HP 2 5/8 x 2 1/8 1
1009-1812 1 1/8 x 3/4 2 1009-4242 2 5/8 x 2 5/8 1
1009-1812-410A 1 1/8 x 3/4 2 1009-4840 3 x 2 1/2 1
1009-1814 1 1/8 x 7/8 2 1009-4834 3 x 2 1/8 1
1009-1814-410A 1 1/8 x 7/8 2 1009-4842 3 x 2 5/8 1
1009-1816 1 1/8 x 1 2 1009-4848 3x3 1
1009-1818 1 1/8 x 1 1/8 2 1009-5034 3 1/8 x 2 1/8 1
1009-1818-410A 1 1/8 x 1 1/8 2 1009-5034-HP 3 1/8 x 2 1/8 1
1009-2016 1 1/4 x 1 2 1009-5042 3 1/8 x 2 5/8 1
1009-2018 1 1/4 x 1 1/8 2 1009-5042-HP 3 1/8 x 2 5/8 1
1009-2020 1 1/4 x 1 1/4 2 1009-5050 3 1/8 x 3 1/8 1
1009-2020-410A 1 1/4 x 1 1/4 2 1009-5656 3 1/2 x 3 1/2 1
1009-2210 1 3/8 x 5/8 2 1009-6442 4 x 2 5/8 1
1009-2212 1 3/8 x 3/4 2 1009-6464 4x4 1
1009-2214 1 3/8 x 7/8 2
1009-2216 1 3/8 x 1 2 Note: HP = High Pressure Copper Fittings
1009-2218 1 3/8 x 1 1/8 2
1009-2218-410A 1 3/8 x 1 1/8 2
1009-2222 1 3/8 x 1 3/8 2
1009-2222-410A 1 3/8 x 1 3/8 2
Heldon
COPPER BUSHES OD to ID
Copper Bushes
Part No. OD to ID Pack Q'ty
1004-0604 3/8 x 1/4 5
1004-0804 1/2 x 1/4 5
1004-0806 1/2 x 3/8 5
1004-1006 5/8 x 3/8 5
1004-1008 5/8 x 1/2 5 1004 Series
1004-1208 3/4 x 1/2 5 Copper Bushes
1004-1210 3/4 x 5/8 5 Part No. OD to ID Pack Q'ty
1004-1408 7/8 x 1/2 5 1004-2824 1 3/4 x 1 1/2 1
1004-1410 7/8 x 5/8 5 1004-3216 2x1 1
1004-1412 7/8 x 3/4 5 1004-3220 2 x 1 1/4 1
1004-1418 7/8 x 1 1/8 5 1004-3224 2 x 1 1/2 1
1004-1422 7/8 x 1 3/8 5 1004-3418 2 1/8 x 1 1/8 1
1004-1608 1 x 1/2 5 1004-3422 2 1/8 x 1 3/8 1
1004-1610 1 x 5/8 5 1004-3426 2 1/8 x 1 5/8 1
Copper Couplings
1004-1612 1 x 3/4 5 1004-4226 2 5/8 x 1 5/8 1
1004-1614 1 x 7/8 5 1004-4234 2 5/8 x 2 1/8 1
1004-1808 1 1/8 x 1/2 2 1004-4832 3x2 1
1004-1810 1 1/8 x 5/8 2 1004-4834 3 x 2 1/8 1
1004-1810-410A 1 1/8 x 5/8 2 1004-4842 3 x 2 5/8 1
1004-1812 1 1/8 x 3/4 2 1004-5034 3 1/8 x 2 1/8 1
1004-1812-410A 1 1/8 x 3/4 2 1004-5042 3 1/8 x 2 5/8 1
1004-1814 1 1/8 x 7/8 2 1004-5048 3-1/8 x 3 1
1004-1814-410A 1 1/8 x 7/8 2 1004-5050 3-1/8 x 3 1/8 1
1004-1816-410A 1 1/8 x 1 2 1004-6664 4-1/8 x 4 1
1004-2008 1 1/4 x 1/2 2
1004-2010 1 1/4 x 5/8 2
1004-2012 1 1/4 x 3/4 2
1004-2016 1 1/4 x 1 2
Fittings
1004-2016-410A 1 1/4 x 1 2
1004-2210 1 3/8 x 5/8 2
1004-2212 1 3/8 x 3/4 2
1004-2214 1 3/8 x 7/8 2
1004-2214-410A 1 3/8 x 7/8 2
1004-2216 1 3/8 x 1 2
1004-2218 1 3/8 x 1 1/8 2
1004-2218-410A 1 3/8 x 1 1/8 2
1004-2220 1 3/8 x 1 1/4 2
1004-2412 1 1/2 x 3/4 2
1004-2416 1 1/2 x 1 2
1004-2418 1 1/2 x 1 1/8 2
1004-2420 1 1/2 x 1 1/4 2
1004-2614 1 5/8 x 7/8 1
1004-2618 1 5/8 x 1 1/8 1
1004-2622 1 5/8 x 1 3/8 1
1004-2622-410A 1 5/8 x 1 3/8 1
Heldon
COPPER TEES/COPPER ELBOWS
Copper Tees Copper P-Traps

ID to ID Line/Line/ Part No. ID to ID Pack Q'ty
Part No. Pack Q'ty
Branch 1080-10 5/8 x 5/8 5
1049-030303 3/16 x 3/16 x 3/16 10 1080-12 3/4 x 3/4 5
1049-040404 1/4 x 1/4 x 1/4 10 1080-14 7/8 x 7/8 5
1049-050504 5/16 x 5/16 x 1/4 10 1080-18 1 1/8 x 1 1/8 2
1049-050505 5/16 x 5/16 x 5/16 10 1080-22 1 3/8 x 1 3/8 2
1049-060604 3/8 x 3/8 x 1/4 10 1080-26 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 2
1049-060606 3/8 x 3/8 x 3/8 10 1080-34 2 1/8 x 2 1/8 1
1049-080804 1/2 x 1/2 x 1/4 10
1049-080806 1/2 x 1/2 x 3/8 10
1049-080808 1/2 x 1/2 x 1/2 10
1049-080810 1/2 x 1/2 x 5/8 5
1049-101006 5/8 x 5/8 x 3/8 5
1049-101008 5/8 x 5/8 x 1/2 5
1049-101010 5/8 x 5/8 x 5/8 5
1049-101012 5/8 x 5/8 x 3/4 5
1049-121206 3/4 x 3/4 x 3/8 5 1022 Series
1049-121208 3/4 x 3/4 x 1/2 5
1049-121210 3/4 x 3/4 x 5/8 5 Copper Elbows - 90o Elbow (Male to Female)
1049-121212 3/4 x 3/4 x 3/4 5 Part No. OD to ID Pack Q'ty
1049-141408 7/8 x 7/8 x 1/2 2 1022-0606 3/8 x 3/8 10
1049-141410 7/8 x 7/8 x 5/8 2 1022-0808 1/2 x 1/2 10
1049-141414 7/8 x 7/8 x 7/8 2 1022-1010 5/8 x 5/8 10
1049-161608 1 x 1 x 1/2 2 1022-1212 3/4 x 3/4 5
1049-161612 1 x 1 x 3/4 2 1022-1414 7/8 x 7/8 5
1049-161616 1x1x1 2 1022-1616 1x1 2
1049-181818 1 1/8 x 1 1/8 x 1 1/8 1 1022-1818 1 1/8 x 1 1/8 2
1049-202020 1 1/4 x 1 1/4 x 1 1/4 1 1022-2020 1 1/4 x 1 1/4 1
1049-202020-410A 1 1/4 x 1 1/4 x 1 1/4 1 1022-2222 1 3/8 x 1 3/8 1
1049-222222 1 3/8 x 1 3/8 x 1 3/8 1 1022-2424 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 1
1049-242424 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 1 1022-2626 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 1
1049-262614 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 x 7/8 1 1022-3434 2 1/8 x 2 1/8 1
1049-262626 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 1 1022-4242 2 5/8 x 2 5/8 1
1049-323232 2x2x2 1
1049-343434 2 1/8 x 2 1/8 x 2 1/8 1
1049-424242 2 5/8 x 2 5/8 x 2 5/8 1
1049-484848 3x3x3 1
1049-505050 3 1/8 x 3 1/8 x 3 1/8 1
1049-646464 4x4x4 1
Heldon
COPPER ELBOWS/RETURN BENDS
1024S Series 1024 Series
Copper Elbows - Short Radius Copper Elbows - 90o Elbow (Female)

Part No. ID to ID Pack Q'ty Part No. ID to ID Pack Q'ty
1024S-0606 3/8 x 3/8 10 1024-0404 1/4 x 1/4 10
1024S-0808 1/2 x 1/2 10 1024-0505 5/16 x 5/16 10
1024S-1010 5/8 x 5/8 10 1024-0606 3/8 x 3/8 10
1024S-1212 3/4 x 3/4 5 1024-0806 1/2 x 3/8 10
1024S-1414 7/8 x 7/8 5 1024-0808 1/2 x 1/2 10
1024S-1616 1x1 2 1024-1008 5/8 x 1/2 10
1024S-1818 1 1/8 x 1 1/8 2 1024-1010 5/8 x 5/8 10
1024S-2020 1 1/4 x 1 1/4 1 1024-1208 3/4 x 1/2 5
1024S-2222 1 3/8 x 1 3/8 1 1024-1212 3/4 x 3/4 5
1024S-2424 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 1 1024-1414 7/8 x 7/8 5
1024S-2626 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 1 1024-1612 1 x 3/4 2
1024S-3434 2 1/8 x 2 1/8 1 1024-1616 1x1 2
1024S-4242 2 5/8 x 2 5/8 1 1024-1818 1 1/8 x 1 1/8 2
1024S-4848 3x3 1 1024-1818-410A 1 1/8 x 1 1/8 2
1024S-5050 3 1/8 x 3 1/8 1 1024-2020 1 1/4 x 1 1/4 1
1024-2020-410A 1 1/4 x 1 1/4 1
1024-2222 1 3/8 x 1 3/8 1
1024-2222-410A 1 3/8 x 1 3/8 1
1024-2424 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 1
1024-2622 1 5/8 x 1 3/8 1
1024-2626 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 1
1024-2626-410A 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 1
1024-3232 2x2 1
1062 Series 1024-3434 2 1/8 x 2 1/8 1
1024-3434-HP 2 1/8 x 2 1/8 1
Copper Return Bends (Female to Female) 1024-4040 2 1/2 x 2 1/2 1
Part No. ID x CTR Pack Q'ty 1024-4242 2 5/8 x 2 5/8 1
1062-0620 3/8 x 1 1/2 1 1024-4242-HP 2 5/8 x 2 5/8 1
1062-0824 1/2 x 1 1/2 1 1024-4848 3x3 1
1062-1032 5/8 x 2 1 1024-5050 3 1/8 x 3 1/8 1
1062-1048 5/8 x 3 1 1024-5050-HP 3 1/8 x 3 1/8 1
1062-1232 3/4 x 2 1 1024-5656 3 1/2 x 3 1/2 1
1062-1244 3/4 x 2 3/4 1 1024-6464 4x4 1
1062-1436 7/8 x 2 1/4 1
1062-1636 1 x 2 1/4 1
1062-2048 1 1/4 x 3 1 Note: HP = High Pressure Copper Fittings
Heldon
COPPER ELBOWS/BONNETS/Y PIECES
Copper Elbows - 450 Elbow (Female) Copper Y Pieces

Part No. ID to ID Pack Q'ty Part No. ID Inlet/Outlet/Outlet Pack Q'ty
1025-0606 3/8 x 3/8 10 1130-060606 3/8 x 3/8 x 3/8 5
1025-0808 1/2 x 1/2 10 1130-080606 1/2 x 3/8 x 3/8 5
1025-1010 5/8 x 5/8 10 1130-080808 1/2 x 1/2 x 1/2 5
1025-1212 3/4 x 3/4 5 1130-100808 5/8 x 1/2 x 1/2 5
1025-1414 7/8 x 7/8 5 1130-101010 5/8 x 5/8 x 5/8 5
1025-1616 1x1 2 1130-120808 3/4 x 1/2 x 1/2 5
1025-1818 1 1/8 x 1 1/8 2 1130-121010 3/4 x 5/8 x 5/8 5
1025-1818-410A 1 1/8 x 1 1/8 2 1130-121212 3/4 x 3/4 x 3/4 5
1025-2020 1 1/4 x 1 1/4 2 1130-141010 7/8 x 5/8 x 5/8 5
1025-2020-410A 1 1/4 x 1 1/4 2 1130-141414 7/8 x 7/8 x 7/8 5
1025-2222 1 3/8 x 1 3/8 1 1130-161010 1 x 5/8 x 5/8 5
1025-2222-410A 1 3/8 x 1 3/8 1 1130-161212 1 x 3/4 x 3/4 5
1025-2424 1 1/2 x 1 1/2 1 1130-181010 1 1/8 x 5/8 x 5/8 5
1025-2626 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 1 1130-181212 1 1/8 x 3/4 x 3/4 5
1025-2626-410A 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 1 1130-181414 1 1/8 x 7/8 x 7/8 5
1025-3232 2x2 1 1130-181818 1 1/8 x 1 1/8 x 1 1/8 5
1025-3434 2 1/8 x 2 1/8 1 1130-201010 1 1/4 x 5/8 x 5/8 5
1025-4242 2 5/8 x 2 5/8 1 1130-201212 1 1/4 x 3/4 x 3/4 5
1025-4848 3x3 1 1130-221818 1 3/8 x 1 1/8 x 1 1/8 5
1025-5050 3 1/8 x 3 1/8 1 1130-261818 1 5/8 x 1 1/8 x 1 1/8 1
1025-5656 3 1/2 x 3 1/2 1 1130-342626 2 1/8 x 1 5/8 x 1 5/8 1
1130-483434 3 x 2 1/8 x 2 1/8 1
1105 Series
Copper Bonnets
Part No. SAE Pack Q'ty
1105-04 1/4 SAE 10
1105-05 5/16 SAE 10
1105-06 3/8 SAE 10
1105-08 1/2 SAE 10
1105-10 5/8 SAE 10
1105-12 3/4 SAE 10
Heldon
COPPER STOP ENDS/WASHERS
Copper Stop Ends Flare Washer to suit 96 Series Flare Adaptor

Part No. ID Pack Q'ty Part No. ID Pack Q'ty
1120-06 3/8 ID 5 1107-04 1/4 SAE 10
1120-08 1/2 ID 5 1107-06 3/8 SAE 10
1120-10 5/8 ID 5 1107-08 1/2 SAE 10
1120-12 3/4 ID 5 1107-10 5/8 SAE 10
1120-14 7/8 ID 5 1107-12 3/4 SAE 10
1120-16 1 ID 5
1120-18 1 1/8 ID 2
1120-20 1 1/4 ID 2
1120-22 1 3/8 ID 2
1120-24 1 1/2 ID 2
1120-26 1 5/8 ID 2
1120-32 2 ID 2
1120-34 2 1/8 ID 2
1120-34-HP 2 1/8 ID 2
1120-40 2 1/2 ID 1
1120-42 2 5/8 ID 1 1110 Series
1120-42-HP 2 5/8 ID 1 Flare Washer to fit SAE Standard Flare
1120-48 3 ID 1 Part No. ID Pack Q'ty
1120-50 3 1/8 ID 1 1110-04 1/4 SAE 10
1120-50-HP 3 1/8 ID 1 1110-05 5/16 SAE 10
1120-56 3 1/2 ID 1 1110-06 3/8 SAE 10
1120-64 4 ID 1 1110-08 1/2 SAE 10
1120-80 5 ID 1 1110-10 5/8 SAE 10
1120-96 6 ID 1 1110-12 3/4 SAE 10
Note: HP = High Pressure Copper Fittings
Heldon
PIPE CLIPS/CAPILLARY TUBES
1115 Series
1150 Series
Pipe Clips Capillary Tubes

Part No. Diameter Pack Q'ty Part No. Connection Pack Q'ty
1115-04 1/4 10 1/4 FSAE Tube - 900mm
1150-0404 1
1115-05 5/16 10 Long
1115-06 3/8 10 1/4 FSAE Tube - Depres-
1150-0404D 1
1115-08 1/2 10 sor 900mm Long
1115-10 5/8 10
1115-12 3/4 10
1115-14 7/8 10
1115-16 1 10
1115-18 1 1/8 10
1115-20 1 1/4 10
1115-22 1 3/8 10
1115-24 1 1/2 10
1115-26 1 5/8 10
1115-28 1 3/4 10
1115-32 2 10
1115-34 2 1/8 10
1115-40 2 1/2 10
Heldon
BRASS
Introduction
Heldon has been a specialist in manufacturing brass fittings for
over 80 years with precision computerised NC lathes.
Using only A grade materials and manufacturing to tight

tolerances for threads, clearances and sealing faces, Heldon
fittings are ideal for the demanding requirements of modern
refrigerants and other critical industries. Flared connections
from 1/8’’ OD to 3/4’’ OD can have a safe working pressure up to
4,200 kPa (610 psi) depending on size and a temperature range
from -50°C to 120°C.
Heldon’s fittings are chemically cleaned for contaminant free

installations. Oxygen cleaning is also available.
Flare Nuts Schrader Fittings

• With the high cost of refrigerants, higher pressures and more • Heldon manufactures Schrader access and depressor valves
extremes in the range of working temperatures Heldon's in a variety of bodies for many purposes. Other thread size
forged flare nuts are your best insurance policy for reducing or combinations are available on request.
the chance of leaks and fractures at these critical joints.
• Schrader valves used in all Heldon fittings feature
• Heldon’s ‘’Frost-proof’’ series of flare nuts are the ultimate Heldoprene™ seats that are suitable for all fluorinated
solution, and a must where condensation and frosting could refrigerants up to a safe working pressure of 4,200 kPa
lead to pipe damage or nut creep. (610 psi).
• Heldon’s range of forged flare nuts, (501,502) are stronger • R410A designated fittings have a 5/16" male flare at the
than machined nuts , and will withstand maximum system Schrader end.
pressures.
• All fittings are supplied with one cap and core. Additional
caps, cores and tools are available separately.
Standard Thread Table

SAE JIC BSP NPT
Tube Size Thread Size Tube Size Thread Size Tube Size Thread Size Tube Size Thread Size
1/8 5/16 - 24 1/8 5/16 - 24 1/8 1/8 - 28 1/8 1/8 - 27
3/16 3/8 - 24 3/16 3/8 - 24 1/4 1/4 - 19 1/4 1/4 - 18
1/4 7/16 - 20 1/4 7/16 - 20 3/8 3/8 - 19 3/8 3/8 - 18
5/16 1/2-20 5/16 1/2 - 20 1/2 1/2 - 14 1/2 1/2 - 14
3/8 5/8 - 18 3/8 9/16 - 18 3/4 3/4 - 14 3/4 3/4 - 14
1/2 3/4 - 16 1/2 3/4 - 16 1 1 - 11 1 1 - 11.5
5/8 7/8 - 14 5/8 7/8 - 14 1 1/4 1 1/4 - 11 1 1/4 1 1/4 - 11.5
3/4 1 1/16 - 14 3/4 1 1/16 - 12 1 1/2 1 1/2 - 11 1 1/2 1 1/2 - 11.5
7/8 1 1/4 - 12 7/8 1 3/16 - 12 2 2 - 11 2 2 - 11.5
1 1 3/8 - 12 1 1 5/16 - 12 2 1/2 2 1/2 - 11 2 1/2 2 1/2 - 8
- - - - 3 3 - 11 3 3-8
- - - - 3 1/2 3 1/2 - 11 3 1/2 3 1/2 - 8
- - - - 4 4 - 11 4 4-8
Heldon
FLARE NUTS
Forged Brass Short Barrel Nuts FSAE Swivel Connectors FSAE to FSAE
Part No. Connection/ID Pack Q'ty Part No. Connection Pack Q'ty
501-0404 1/4 FLARE x 1/4 ID 10 95-04 1/4 FSAE x 1/4 FSAE 2
501-0604 3/8 FLARE x 1/4 ID 10 95-0604 3/8 FSAE x 1/4 FSAE - Reducing 2
Forged Brass Frostproof Long Barrel Nuts FSAE Swivel Flare Adaptors FSAE to Copper Tail
Part No. Connection/ID Pack Q'ty Part No. Connection Pack Q'ty
502-0404 1/4 FLARE x 1/4 ID 10 96-04 1/4 FSAE x 1/4 ID 2
502-0806 1/2 FLARE x 3/8 ID 5
502-0808 1/2 FLARE x 1/2 ID 5
502-1006 5/8 FLARE x 3/8 ID 2
502-1008 5/8 FLARE x 1/2 ID 2
502-1010 5/8 FLARE x 5/8 ID 2
502-1210 3/4 FLARE x 5/8 ID 2
502-1212 3/4 FLARE x 3/4 ID 2
Heldon
SCHRADER FITTINGS
Components 59/60 Series
Schrader Components Schrader Step Unions

Part No. Connection Pack Q'ty Part No. Connection Pack Q'ty
55-1-410A SCHR VALVE CORE-410A 10 59-0403-3 1/4 SCHR - 3 STEP 3/16 TO 3/8 5
55-2 SCHR CAP & O RING 10 1/4 SCHR x 1/4 ID (3/8 OD SPIGOT)
59-0404 5
55-2-410A SCHR CAP & O RING-410A 10 Incl. Cap & Core
55-3 SCHR CAP WITH TOOL 10 5/16 SCHR x 1/4 ID (3/8 OD

59-0504-410A 5
SPIGOT) Incl. Cap & Core
55-5 SCREW DEPRESSOR & 3 Gaskets 1 60-04-5 1/4 SCHR - 5 STEP 1/8 TO 1/2 5
SCHR KIT - Core Remover & 6 Valve

55-6 1
Cores
55-2AL SCHR CAP ALUMINIUM 10
55/56/57 Series 61/62/63 Series
Schrader Unions Schrader Elbows

55-0404 1/4 SCHR x 1/4 MSAE 10 61-0402 1/4 SCHR x 1/8 MBSP Incl. Cap & Core 2
56-0402 1/4 SCHR x 1/8 MBSP 10 61-0404 1/4 SCHR x 1/4 MBSP Incl. Cap & Core 2
56-0404 1/4 SCHR x 1/4 MBSP 10 62-0402 1/4 SCHR x 1/8 MNPT - Incl. Cap & Core 2
57-0402 1/4 SCHR x 1/8 MNPT 10 62-0404 1/4 SCHR x 1/4 MNPT Incl. Cap & Core 2
57-0404 1/4 SCHR x 1/4 MNPT 10 63-0404 1/4 SCHR x 1/4 F/SWL SAE Incl. Cap & Core 2
58 Series 64 Series
Schrader Unions to Copper Tail 60mm Extension Schrader Swivel Tees (Swivel Nut on branch)
58-0402 1/4 SCHR x 1/8 CU Tail with Cap & Core 5 64-040404 1/4 SCHR x 1/4 SCHR x 1/4 FSAE 2
58-0403 1/4 SCHR x 3/16 CU Tail with Cap & Core 5 1/4 SCHR x 1/4 SCHR x 1/4 FSAE with
64-040404D 2
58-0404 1/4 SCHR x 1/4 CU Tail with Cap & Core 5 Depressor and seal in nut
58-0404A1 1/4 SCHR x 1/4 CU Tail No Cap & Core 5 5 /16 SCHR x 5/16 SCHR x 5/16 FSAE
64-050505D-410A 2
58-0405 1/4 SCHR x 5/16 CU Tail with Cap & Core 5 Incl. Cap & Core
58-0504-410A 5/16 SCHR x 1/4 CU Tail - 410A with Cap & Core 5
Heldon
65 Series 68 Series
Schrader Swivel Tees (Swivel Nut on run) Schrader Tees (Schrader Flare to MBSP)
65-040404 1/4 FSAE x 1/4 SCHR x 1/4 SCHR 2 68-040404 1/4 SCHR x 1/4 SCHR x 1/4 MBSP 2
1/4 FSAE x 1/4 SCHR x 1/4 SCHR with
65-040404D 2
depressor and seal in nut
66 Series 69 Series
Schrader Step Tees (Swivel Nut on run) Schrader Tees (Schrader Flare to MNPT)
SCHR x 1/4, 5/16 Step Line x SCHR 69-040402 1/4 SCHR x 1/4 SCHR x 1/8 MNPT 2
66-040404 2
Incl. Cap & Core 69-040404 1/4 SCHR x 1/4 SCHR x 1/4 MNPT 2
Schrader Tee (Schrader on run lines to Female SAE branch) Schrader Unions (R410A)
1/4 SCHR x 1/4 SCHR x 1/4 FSAE 1/4 MSAE SCHR x 5/16 FSAE
67-040404 2 274-0405D-410A 2
Incl. Cap & Core Depressor - R410A
5/16 MSAE SCHR x 1/4 FSAE 2
274-0504D-410A
Depessor - R410A
5/16 MSAE SCHR x 3/8 FSAE 2
274-0506-410A
Depessor - R410A
Heldon
BRASS FITTINGS
20 Series 70 Series
Cylinder Adaptors - Male SAE Flare x Female Parallel BSP Seal Plugs - Male SAE Flare
20-0404 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 FBSPP 1 70-04 1/4 MSAE 5
20-0408 1/4 MSAE x 1/2 FBSPP 1 70-05 5/16 MSAE 5
20-0410 1/4 MSAE x 5/8 FBSPP 1 70-06 3/8 MSAE 5
20-0412 1/4 MSAE x 3/4 FBSPP 2 70-08 1/2 MSAE 5
20-0512-410A 5/16 MSAE x 3/4 FBSPP - R410A 1 70-10 5/8 MSAE 2
20-0604 3/8 MSAE x 1/4 FBSPP 1 70-12 3/4 MSAE 2
20-0606 3/8 MSAE x 3/8 FBSPP 1
20-0610 3/8 MSAE x 5/8 FBSPP 1
20-0612 3/8 MSAE x 3/4 FBSPP 2 75 Series
20-0812 1/2 MSAE x 3/4 FBSPP 1
20-1010 5/8 MSAE x 5/8 FBSPP 1
20-1012 5/8 MSAE x 3/4 FBSPP 1
Seal Caps - Female SAE Flare
Part No. Connection Pack Q'ty
75-03 3/16 FSAE 10
75-04 1/4 FSAE 10
21 Series
75-05 5/16 FSAE 5
75-06 3/8 FSAE 5
75-08 1/2 FSAE 5
75-10 5/8 FSAE 2
Cylinder ACME Adaptors - Male ACME to Female BSP Parallel 75-12 3/4 FSAE 1
21-0812 1/2 MACME x 3/4 FBSPP 2
21-08 1/2 ACME SEALING CAP TO SUIT 5
80/85 Series
Cylinder Caps - Suit Male Parallel BSP

Part No. Connection Pack Q'ty Pipe Plugs - Male Taper BSP
26-12 3/4 FBSPP 2
977-1507 Fibre Washer - To suit 3/4 FBSP Adapter 10
80-02 1/8 MBSP 5
80-04 1/4 MBSP 5
80-06 3/8 MBSP 5
Fusible Safety Plugs - Male Taper 80-08 1/2 MBSP 1
Part No. Connection Pack Q'ty 80-12 3/4 MBSP 1
50-02160 1/8 MBSP FUSIBLE PLUG - 71oC 2 80-16 1 MBSP 1
50-02200 1/8 MBSP FUSIBLE PLUG - 93oC 2
53-02200 1/8 MNPT FUSIBLE PLUG - 93oC 2
Pipe Plugs - Male Taper NPT
85-02 1/8 MNPT 5
85-04 1/4 MNPT 5
85-06 3/8 MNPT 5
85-08 1/2 MNPT 5
Heldon
UNIONS
Unions - Male SAE Flare to Male SAE Flare Unions - Male SAE Flare to Male Taper BSP
200-0303 3/16 MSAE x 3/16 MSAE 5 201-0302 3/16 MSAE x 1/8 MBSP 5
201-1012 5/8 MSAE x 3/4 MBSP 1
201-1016 5/8 MSAE x 1 MBSP 1
201-1208 3/4 MSAE x 1/2 MBSP 1
201-1212 3/4 MSAE x 3/4 MBSP 1
203 Series
201-1216 3/4 MSAE x 1 MBSP 1
201-1616 1 MSAE x 1 MBSP 1
Unions - Male SAE Flare to Male Long Taper BSP

203-0402 1/4 MSAE x 1/8 MBSPLT 2
210 Series
203-0404 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 MBSPLT 1
Thread Converter - Male BSP to Female NPT

209 Series Part No. Connection Pack Q'ty
210-0404 1/4 MBSP x 1/4 FNPT 2
210-0606 3/8 MBSP x 3/8 FNPT 2
210-0808 1/2 MBSP x 1/2 FNPT 2
Thread Converters - Male Taper NPT to Female Taper BSP
210-1212 3/4 MBSP x 3/4 FNPT 1
210-1616 1 MBSP x 1 FNPT 1
209-0404 1/4 MNPT x 1/4 FBSP 2
209-0606 3/8 MNPT x 3/8 FBSP 2
209-0808 1/2 MNPT x 1/2 FBSP 2
209-1212 3/4 MNPT x 3/4 FBSP 1
Heldon
Unions - Male SAE Flare to Male Taper NPT Unions - Male SAE Flare to Female SAE Flare
204-0402 1/4 MSAE x 1/8 MNPT 5 205-0304 3/16 MSAE x 1/4 FSAE 2
205-1008 5/8 MSAE x 1/2 FSAE 1
205-1010 5/8 MSAE x 5/8 FSAE 1
205-1012 5/8 MSAE x 3/4 FSAE 1
205-1208 3/4 MSAE x 1/2 FSAE 1
206 Series
205-1210 3/4 MSAE x 5/8 FSAE 1
Unions - Male SAE Flare to Female Taper BSP

Part No. Connection Pack Q'ty 207 Series
206-0402 1/4 MSAE x 1/8 FBSP 2
206-0404 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 FBSP 2
206-0406 1/4 MSAE x 3/8 FBSP 2
Unions - Male SAE Flare to Female Taper NPT
206-0408 1/4 MSAE x 1/2 FBSP 1
206-0504 5/16 MSAE x 1/4 FBSP 1
207-0402 1/4 MSAE x 1/8 FNPT 2
206-0604 3/8 MSAE x 1/4 FBSP 1
207-0404 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 FNPT 2
206-0606 3/8 MSAE x 3/8 FBSP 1
207-0406 1/4 MSAE x 3/8 FNPT 2
206-0608 3/8 MSAE x 1/2 FBSP 1
207-0408 1/4 MSAE x 1/2 FNPT 2
206-0804 1/2 MSAE x 1/4 FBSP 1
207-0602 3/8 MSAE x 1/8 FNPT 1
206-0806 1/2 MSAE x 3/8 FBSP 1
207-0604 3/8 MSAE x 1/4 FNPT 1
206-0808 1/2 MSAE x 1/2 FBSP 1
207-0606 3/8 MSAE x 3/8 FNPT 1
206-1008 5/8 MSAE x 1/2 FBSP 1
207-0608 3/8 MSAE x 1/2 FNPT 1
206-1012 5/8 MSAE x 3/4 FBSP 1
207-0804 1/2 MSAE x 1/4 FNPT 1
207-0808 1/2 MSAE x 1/2 FNPT 1
207-1006 5/8 MSAE x 3/8 FNPT 1
207-1008 5/8 MSAE x 1/2 FNPT 1
207-1212 3/4 MSAE x 3/4 FNPT 1
Heldon
Nipples - Male Taper BSP to Male Taper BSP Unions - Male Taper BSP to Female Taper BSP
211-0202 1/8 MBSP x 1/8 MBSP 5 216-0402 1/4 MBSP x 1/8 FBSP 2
211-1612 1 MBSP x 3/4 MBSP 1 216-1608 1 MBSP x 1/2 FBSP 1
211-1616 1 MBSP x 1 MBSP 1 216-1612 1 MBSP x 3/4 FBSP 1
272 Series
212 Series
Brass Nipples - Male NPT to Male NPT Union - Male ACME to Female SAE Flare
272-0804 1/2 MACME x 1/4 FSAE 2
212-0404 1/4 MNPT x 1/4 MNPT 5
212-0606 3/8 MNPT x 3/8 MNPT 2
212-0808 1/2 MNPT x 1/2 MNPT 2
214 Series
Unions - Male Taper BSP to Female SAE Flare Unions - Male SAE Flare to Female ACME (with o'ring)
214-0204 1/8 MBSP x 1/4 FSAE 2 275-0408 1/4 MSAE x 1/2 FACME 1
214-0404 1/4 MBSP x 1/4 FSAE 2 276-0408 1/4 MSAE SCHR x 1/2 FACME 1
214-0808 1/2 MBSP x 1/2 FSAE 2
214-1210 3/4 MBSP x 5/8 FSAE 2
Unions - Male ACME to Male NPT Union - Male Metric to Female ACME
270-0802 1/2 MACME x 1/8 MNPT 2 279-01008 MALE M10 - 1.5 x 1/2 FACME 2
270-0804 1/2 MACME x 1/4 MNPT 2
271-0802 1/2 MACME SCHR x 1/8 MNPT 2
271-0804 1/2 MACME SCHR x 1/4 MNPT 2
Heldon
Reducing Bush Unions - Male Taper BSP to Female BSP Sweat Unions - Male SAE Flare to Solder
217-0402 1/4 MBSP x 1/8 FBSP 5 208-0404 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 ID 5
217-1604 1 MBSP x 1/4 FBSP 1 208-0808 1/2 MSAE x 1/2 ID 5
208-1012 5/8 MSAE x 3/4 ID 1
208-1208 3/4 MSAE x 1/2 ID 1
208-1212 3/4 MSAE x 3/4 ID 1
208-1214 3/4 MSAE x 7/8 ID 1
218 Series
208-1216 3/4 MSAE x 1 ID 1
Reducing Bush Unions - Male Taper NPT to Female Taper NPT

219 Series
218-0202 1/8 MNPT x 1/8 FNPT 5

218-0204 1/8 MNPT x 1/4 FNPT 5
Sweat Unions - Male Taper BSP to Solder
218-0402 1/4 MNPT x 1/8 FNPT 5
218-0602 3/8 MNPT x 1/8 FNPT 2
219-0404 1/4 MBSP x 1/4 ID 5
218-0604 3/8 MNPT x 1/4 FNPT 2
219-0406 1/4 MBSP x 3/8 ID 5
218-0804 1/2 MNPT x 1/4 FNPT 2
219-0606 3/8 MBSP x 3/8 ID 5
218-0806 1/2 MNPT x 3/8 FNPT 2
219-0608 3/8 MBSP x 1/2 ID 5
218-1204 3/4 MNPT x 1/4 FNPT 1
219-0806 1/2 MBSP x 3/8 ID 2
218-1206 3/4 MNPT x 3/8 FNPT 1
219-0808 1/2 MBSP x 1/2 ID 2
219-0810 1/2 MBSP x 5/8 ID 2
219-0812 1/2 MBSP x 3/4 ID 2
220 Series 219-1210 3/4 MBSP x 5/8 ID 2
219-1212 3/4 MBSP x 3/4 ID 2
219-1216 3/4 MBSP x 1 ID 1
Sweat Unions - Male Taper NPT to Solder 219-1616 1 MBSP x 1 ID 1
Part No. Connection Pack Q'ty 219-2020 1 1/4 MBSP x 1 1/4 ID 1
220-0204 1/8 MNPT x 1/4 ID 5 219-2424 1 1/2 MBSP x 1 1/2 ID 1
220-0406 1/4 MNPT x 3/8 ID 5

220-0608 3/8 MNPT x 1/2 ID 5
220-0610 3/8 MNPT x 5/8 ID 5
220-2020 1 1/4 MNPT x 1 1/4 ID 1
Heldon
Socket Unions - Female SAE Flare to Female SAE Flare Unions - Female Taper BSP to Solder
226-0404 1/4 FSAE x 1/4 FSAE 2 233-0404 1/4 FBSP x 1/4 ID 5
233-0606 3/8 FBSP x 3/8 ID 2
233-0808 1/2 FBSP x 1/2 ID 2
233-0812 1/2 FBSP x 3/4 ID 1
233-1212 3/4 FBSP x 3/4 ID 1
227 Series
233-1216 3/4 FBSP x 1 ID 1
Socket Unions - Female SAE Flare to Female Taper BSP

Part No. Connection Pack Q'ty 234 Series
227-0402 1/4 FSAE x 1/8 FBSP 2
227-0404 1/4 FSAE x 1/4 FBSP 2
227-0406 1/4 FSAE x 3/8 FBSP 1
227-0606 3/8 FSAE x 3/8 FBSP 1 Unions - Female Taper NPT to Solder
227-0806 1/2 FSAE x 3/8 FBSP 1 Part No. Connection Pack Q'ty
234-0204 1/8 FNPT x 1/4 ID 5
234-0404 1/4 FNPT x 1/4 ID 5
234-0406 1/4 FNPT x 3/8 ID 5
234-0606 3/8 FNPT x 3/8 ID 1
231 Series
234-0608 3/8 FNPT x 1/2 ID 1
234-0610 3/8 FNPT x 5/8 ID 1
Socket Unions - Female Taper BSP to Female Taper BSP

231-0202 1/8 FBSP x 1/8 FBSP 2
231-0404 1/4 FBSP x 1/4 FBSP 2
231-0606 3/8 FBSP x 3/8 FBSP 2
231-0808 1/2 FBSP x 1/2 FBSP 1
231-1212 3/4 FBSP x 3/4 FBSP 1
232 Series
Socket Unions - Female Taper NPT to Female Taper NPT

232-0202 1/8 FNPT x 1/8 FNPT 2
232-0404 1/4 FNPT x 1/4 FNPT 2
232-0606 3/8 FNPT x 3/8 FNPT 2
232-0808 1/2 FNPT x 1/2 FNPT 2
Heldon
FORGED ELBOWS
Forged Elbows - Male SAE Flare to Male SAE Flare Forged Elbows - Male SAE Flare to Male Taper NPT
300-0404 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 MSAE 2 304-0402 1/4 MSAE x 1/8 MNPT 1
302 Series
306 Series
Forged Elbows - Male SAE Flare to Male Taper BSP Forged Elbows - Male SAE Flare to Female SAE Flare
302-0402 1/4 MSAE x 1/8 MBSP 2 306-0404 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 FSAE 1
306-1212 3/4 MSAE x 3/4 FSAE 1
305 Series
Forged Elbows - Male SAE Flare to Male NPT - 45O Deg.

305-0402 1/4 MSAE x 1/8 MNPT 2
305-0404 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 MNPT 2
Heldon
Forged Elbows - Male SAE Flare to Female Solder Forged Elbows - Female Taper BSP to Female Taper BSP
312-0404 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 ID 1 351-0404 1/4 FBSP x 1/4 FBSP 1
312-0608 3/8 MSAE x 1/2 ID 1
312-0610 3/8 MSAE x 5/8 ID 1
312-0806 1/2 MSAE x 3/8 ID 1
312-0808 1/2 MSAE x 1/2 ID 1
312-0810 1/2 MSAE x 5/8 ID 1
312-1010 5/8 MSAE x 5/8 ID 1
312-1208 3/4 MSAE x 1/2 ID 1
319 Series
Forged Elbows - Male Taper BSP to Male Taper BSP

319-0404 1/4 MBSP x 1/4 MBSP 1
319-0604 3/8 MBSP x 1/4 MBSP 1
319-0606 3/8 MBSP x 3/8 MBSP 1
319-0808 1/2 MBSP x 1/2 MBSP 1
327 Series
Forged Elbows - Male Taper BSP to Female Taper BSP

327-0202 1/8 MBSP x 1/8 FBSP 1
327-0404 1/4 MBSP x 1/4 FBSP 1
327-0606 3/8 MBSP x 3/8 FBSP 1
327-0808 1/2 MBSP x 1/2 FBSP 1
327-1212 3/4 MBSP x 3/4 FBSP 1
Heldon
FORGED TEES
400 Series
403 Series
Forged Tees - Male SAE Line to Male SAE Branch Forged Tees - Male SAE Line to Male NPT Branch
Part No. Connection (Line x Line x Branch) Pack Q'ty Part No. Connection (Line x Line x Branch) Pack Q'ty
400-040404 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 MSAE 2 403-040402 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 MSAE x 1/8 MNPT 1
400-040406 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 MSAE x 3/8 MSAE 1 403-040404 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 MNPT 1
400-050505 5/16MSAEx 5/16MSAEx 5/16MSAE 1
400-060604 3/8 MSAE x 3/8 MSAE x 1/4 MSAE 1
400-060606 3/8 MSAE x 3/8 MSAE x 3/8 MSAE 2
400-060608 3/8 MSAE x 3/8 MSAE x 1/2 MSAE 1
400-060610 3/8 MSAE x 3/8 MSAE x 5/8 MSAE 1 408 Series
400-080408 1/2 MSAE x 1/4 MSAE x 1/2 MSAE 1
400-080804 1/2 MSAE x 1/2 MSAE x 1/4 MSAE 1
400-080606 1/2 MSAE x 3/8 MSAE x 3/8 MSAE 1 Forged Tees - Male SAE Line to Female SAE Branch
400-080608 1/2 MSAE x 3/8 MSAE x 1/2 MSAE 1
Part No. Connection (Line x Line x Branch) Pack Q'ty
400-080804 1/2 MSAE x 1/2 MSAE x 1/4 MSAE 1
400-080806 1/2 MSAE x 1/2 MSAE x 3/8 MSAE 1 408-040404 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 FSAE 1
400-080808 1/2 MSAE x 1/2 MSAE x 1/2 MSAE 1
400-080810 1/2 MSAE x 1/2 MSAE x 5/8 MSAE 1
400-080812 1/2 MSAE x 1/2 MSAE x 3/4 MSAE 1
400-100610 5/8 MSAE x 3/8 MSAE 5/8 MSAE 1
400-100810 5/8 MSAE x 1/2 MSAE x 5/8 MSAE 1 409 Series
400-101004 5/8 MSAE x 5/8 MSAE x 1/4 MSAE 1
400-101006 5/8 MSAE x 5/8 MSAE x 3/8 MSAE 1
400-101008 5/8 MSAE x 5/8 MSAE x 1/2 MSAE 1 Forged Tees - Male SAE Line to Female Taper BSP Branch
400-101010 5/8 MSAE x 5/8 MSAE x 5/8 MSAE 1 Part No. Connection (Line x Line x Branch) Pack Q'ty
400-121208 3/4 MSAE x 3/4 MSAE x 1/2 MSAE 1 409-040402 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 MSAE X 1/8 FBSP 2
400-121012 3/4 MSAE x 5/8 MSAE x 3/4 MSAE 1 409-040404 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 FBSP 2
400-121210 3/4 MSAE x 3/4 MSAE x 5/8 MSAE 1
400-121212 3/4 MSAE x 3/4 MSAE x 3/4 MSAE 1
400-141414 7/8 MSAE x 7/8 MSAE x 7/8 MSAE 1
428 Series
401 Series Forged Tees - Male BSP Line to Male Taper BSP Branch
428-040404 1/4 MBSP x 1/4 MBSP x 1/4 MBSP 1
Forged Tees - Male SAE Line to Male Taper BSP Branch 428-060606 3/8 MBSP x 3/8 MBSP x 3/8 MBSP 1
401-040402 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 MSAE X 1/8 MBSP 2
401-040404 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 MBSP 2
Heldon
465 Series
472 Series
Forged Swivel Tees - MSAE Line to F/Swivel to MSAE Branch Forged Tees - Female BSP Line to Female BSP Branch
Part No. Connection (Line x Line x Branch) Pack Q'ty Part No. Connection (Line x Line x Branch) Pack Q'ty
465-040404 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 F/NUT x 1/4 MSAE 2 472-040404 1/4 FBSP x 1/4 FBSP x 1/4 FBSP 1
472-060606 3/8 FBSP x 3/8 FBSP x 3/8 FBSP 1
472-080808 1/2 FBSP x 1/2 FBSP x 1/2 FBSP 1
466 Series
Forged Swivel Tees - Male SAE Line to F/Swivel Branch

466-040404 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 MSAE x 1/4 F/NUT 2
Heldon
SERVICE REPLACEMENT THERMOSTATS
Introduction
Heldon offer a complete range of service replacement thermostats
designed to give equivalent if not superior performance to the
OEM units that they are designed to replace.
Quality Heldon and Ranco Invensys service replacement

thermostats are available to cover the requirements of
domestic, light commercial and commercial refrigeration and
air conditioning applications.
Ranco Invensys also offer more specialised temperature related

controllers such as ice bank thickness and ice bin level controls.
Simply contact Heldon for all your service replacement

thermostat needs.
For domestic and light commercial refrigeration

Twelve models of replacement thermostats have been developed
by Heldon, featuring greater regulating ranges than other brands
suited to common domestic and light commercial refrigeration
equipment. In addition, the Heldon 4000 series thermostats
feature a wider differential ensuring sufficient compressor ‘off-
time’ between restarts.
Heldon also offer a comprehensive range of Ranco service

replacement thermostats so as to provide its customers with a
complete solution for temperature control requirements.
Features Benefits
1. Snap action contacts rated to 6 amps inductive load at 250V 1. Components designed to deliver long service life.
(16 amps for 4000-08).
2. All connections are spade terminals. 2. For quick and easy change over.
3. All kits come with the necessary components for trouble 3. Everything you need comes with the kit.
free fitting.
4. The knobs supplied are multi indexed. 4. Enables correct calibration so that original cabinet design
characteristics can be maintained.
Standards
Def.
Cold Warm Normal Signal
Heldon Ranco Dial Term Length
Application
Part Part Kit Out In Out In Out In Op (mm)
o
o o o o
C o o o
No. No. C C C C C C C
4000-01 VC-1 Compressor Refrigerator Single Door Yes -23 +2 -14.5 -5 1200
4000-02 VA-2 Electric Absorption Refrigerator Yes -18 +3.5 -4.5 -0.5 2000
4000-03 VF-3 Freezer and Ice Cream Cabinet Yes -34 -16.5 -12 -2.4 -18 2000
4000-04 VP-4 Compressor Refrigerator Push button Defrost Yes -25 -10.4 -4 +5.5 -18 -9.5 1200
4000-05 VS-5 Freezer with Standard Signal Yes -34 -16.5 -12 -24 -18 Cut in 5.5 above 2000
4000-06 VR-6 Freezer with Reverse Signal Yes -34 -16.5 -12 -24 -18 Cut out 5.5 above 2000
4000-07 VB-7 Bottle or Beverage Cooler Yes -3 +2 +12.5 Cut out 5.5 above 1200
4000-08 VW-8 Window Air Conditioner (Cooling Only) Yes +15 +18 +34 1200
4000-09 VT-9 Two Door Cyclic Defrost Refrigerator Yes -26 -11 +3.5 Constant Cut In 1200
4000-12 - Suit Commerical B6138 No -12 5 -5.2 5 Constant Cut In 950
4000-27 - Suit Email B6043 No -27.5 +4 -16.5 +4 Constant Cut In 1000
KP59-
4000-31 Moist Cold No -31 3.5 -17 3.5 Constant Cut In 1150
P4914
Heldon
Thermostat Cross Reference
Application Heldon Ranco Danfoss Robert-Shaw

Compressor Refrigerator Single Door 4000-01 VC-1 077B7001 RC-1
Electric Absorption Refrigerator 4000-02 VA-2 077B7004 RC-6
Freezer and Ice Cream Cabinet 4000-03 VF-3 077B7005 RC-31, RC-5
Compressor Refrigerator Push Button Defrost 4000-04 VP-4 077B7002 RC-0
Freezer with Standard Signal 4000-05 VS-5 077B7006 RC-5
Freezer with Reverse Signal 4000-06 VR-6 077B7007 RC-5
Bottle or Beverage Cooler 4000-07 VB-7
Window Air Conditioner (Cooling Only) 4000-08 VW-8
Two Door Cyclic Defrost Refrigerator 4000-09 VT-9 077B7003 RC-2,RC-9
Suit Email B6043 4000-27 077B6043
Moist Cold 4000-31 KP59-P4914
Ranco Invensys
For commercial refrigeration applications
“O” Series Commercial Refrigeration Temperature Controls 2000mm capillary
IP44 rating, 17amp inductive load, SPDT
Part No. Description Order Q'ty
O16-6950 Thermostat -35oC/-7oC adj diff 1
O16-6951 Thermostat -18oC/13oC adj diff 1
o o
O16-6954 Thermostat -5 C/25 C adj diff 1
Ranco Invensys
Specialised temperature controls
Adaptable Cold Controls
A22-1129-00 Ice bin level control 1
A22-2217-057 Crystal tips harvest control 1
A22-2453 Air conditioner adaptable cold control, SPDT 1
C17-177 Air conditioning auto heat cool switch 1
Commercial Ice Bank Controls

O18-100-080 Ice bank control mechanical aftermarket 1
E37-M1201 Ice bank & liquid level control electronic 1
VTD9 Ice maker harvest general replacement 1
Heldon
RANCO INVENSYS PARTS
Commercial Refrigeration Defrost Timers

Paragon Controls - Defrost Timers
632-21 Time initiated fan delay drain pump down 1
8045-21 Time initiated time terminated 1
8145-21 Time initiated time temp terminated 1
8245-21 Time initiated pressure terminated 1
Aftermarket Defrost Timers

A1400-21 2001 series 6hr 21min defrost 1
A769-21 499 series 6hr 21 min defrost 1
D769-21 499 series 8hr 30 min defrost 1
L769-21 499 series 12hr 21 min defrost 1
THE-0027AU THE 64B Synchronous 24hr 16A 1 Channel 1
Commercial Refrigeration Pressure Controls

“O” Series - Pressure Controls IP44 Rated, 17 amps inductive load at 250V, SPDT
O16-8705 LP, manual reset, flare 1
O16-8706 LP, auto reset, flare 1
O16-8713 LP, auto reset, capillary 1
O16-8750 HP, auto reset, flare 1
O16-8751 HP, manual reset, flare 1
O17-8701 DP, auto reset, flare 1
O17-8703 DP, manual reset on high & low, flare 1
O17-8705 DP, manual reset on high, flare 1
O17-8711 DP, auto reset, capillary 1
Miscellaneous Accessories
31696-1 Angle bracket 1
48129-3 Flat bracket 1
03600253006 O16 Cover Assembly 1
03600254004 O17 Cover Assembly 1
Oil Differential Pressure Controls

Comes with alarm circuit, ambient temperature compensated, manual reset
P30-3701-70 90 second delay flare connection 1
P30-3801-70 120 second delay flare connection 1
P30-3901-070 6 60 second delay flare connection 1
P30-5827-57 120 second suit Copeland 1
Heldon
TOOLS
Introduction
Heldon manufacture and supply a small range of industry tested
reliable tools.
Retrofit Charging Adaptors - High and Low

Part No. Description Pack Q'ty
282-03 3/16 R12 CHARGING ADAPT - H 5
282-04 1/4 R12 CHARGING ADAPT - H 5
284-04 1/4 R12 CHARGING ADAPT - L 5
Quick Couplers - High & Low

2260-04 R134a Low Profile Coupler-High MSAE 1
2261-014 R134a Low Profile Coupler-High FM14 1
2265-04 R134a Low Profile Coupler-Low MSAE 1
2266-01 R134a Low Profile Coupler-Low FM14 1
280-04014 Coupler-Adaptor - MSAE to M14 1
Tools
HT-0055 Deburrer with replaceable blades 1
HT-0056 Replacement blades. 1
HT-0057 Inner outer reamer 1/16” x 1-1/2” 1
4000-FINCOMB FIN COMB 1
Heldon
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALES
¡ ¢ £ ¡ ¤ ¤ £ ¥ ¥ ¦ § £ ¨ ¥ ¥ ¦ § £ © ª £ £ ¡ « § ¬ ¦ ¡ £ £ ¡ ¨ ¢ ® ¨ ¦ ¤
þ ÿ
¤ ¦ ± £ ¥ § « ¥ ¤ ¡ ¤ © ¨ ¦ ¦ © £ ¦ ¦ Þ £ £ ¡ ¨ ¥ ¥ ¦ ¤ ¡ « § ¤ £ ± ¨ £ ¨ ¡
ÿ
§ ¯ ¡ ° ® ± ² ³ ´ µ ¶ · ¶ ¸ ´ ´ ¹ º ® » ² ³ · ´ ´ µ ¶ · ¶ ¸ ´ ´ ¹ ¼ £ ± ¨ £ ½ » § £ ¡ ¤ ª £ ¢ ¾
§ ± £ ¢ Î £ ¿ « Î ± ¨ £ ¡ ± £ ¥ § ³
¢ ¥ ¤ ª ª £ £ ¡ £ ¿ ¤ ¢ © £ ¨ º ± ¨ £ ª £ « « £ ¨ ¡ « § ½
¼ ¦ ª ¦ ¡ ï ¨ ¤ « ¦ ¤ ª ¤ Þ £ £ ¡ ¦ ¦ ¤ ¤ ± £ ¥ § Û
« ¼ £ ¨ ¦ ¡ Þ £ £ ¡ £ § £ © « © ß Ï ¡ £ ¡ ¡ ¡ £ § £ ¤ º ¨ ¢ © ß Ï ¤ £
À Á Â Ã Ä Å Ä Æ Ã Ç È Ã É Ê Ã Å Á Ë Ì Ë Á Å È Å Ä Æ Ã
ÿ
¦ ¦ ¤ £ Î § © © ¢ ¤ ª £ © ± £ ¥ § £ £ Î ¤ ¥ £ © Þ £ £ ¡ º £ ¤ ¤ ª £
¡ ¢ © £ § ¤ £ Î ¤ ¢ § ¿ « © ß Ï ¡ Û
Í ¢ £ ¡ ¤ ¤ £ © £ ¦ ¦ £ Î ¤ ª Ï ¥ ¤ £ ¦ ¦ ¿ ¤ ª º ¨ ¦ ¢ £ ¾
ÿ þ
¢ ¼ ± ¨ £ ¦ ¦ £ Þ £ £ ¡ ¥ ¦ § ¡ ¤ ¨ ¢ Î § § ¢ « ¡ ¤ ¦ §
Ï ¤ ¡ ¤ ¢ £ Î ¤ ³
¤ ¡ ¤ ß ¡ « ¤ ª ¥ £ ¥ § £ © ± £ ¥ § º £ ¨ ¦ ¡ ± £ ¥ § £ ï ¨ ¤ Û
Ð Ñ Ò ® ¨ ¦ ¤ ± £ ¨ ¯ Î £ ¨ ¤ Ó ¢ ¡ ¨ ¦ ¶ £ © ± £ ¥ ¤ ¤ £ ¡
¡ ¼ ¨ « ô ¢ £ ° ¼ ¡ ° © ¼ « ¦ £ Î ± ¨ £ ¦ ¦ « ¦ ¤ « § £ ¦ ¦ Þ £ £ ¡ ¤ £ ¡ ¤ §
± £ ¨ ® ¢ ¶ Ô ´ Ô ° ± ¼ ½
¢ £ ¨ £ © « ¨ ¤ £ « ¤ ± ¨ £ ¦ ¦ « ¨ ¡ ß ¡ ¨ ¢ ¤ § ¡ ¨ § £
Õ Ö Ç Ä Ã Á Ç Ç À È × ¡ § £ Î ¤ ¢ « Ø £ ¥ © £ « ¨ ¤ ¤ Ù ¦ « £ ¨ º Ú ¤ ¢ £ ¾
± £ ¥ § £ ¢ ¢ £ ¨ £ ± £ ¥ § © £ ¥ £ ¢ ¡ £ © ¨ ¢ ¦ « ¨ § ¡ ¡ ¨ ¢ © £
¤ Û
¨ ¢ ¥ £ ¢ ¡ £ ¨ « § Î ¤ ¢ ¥ £ ¢ ¡ Ï ¢ ¡ £ ¦ £ ¨ ¡ ¨ © £
Ñ Æ Ü Ì È Ã × ¬ ¦ ¡ £ £ ¡ ¨ ¢ ® ¨ ¦ ¤ § ¯ ¡ ° ® ± ² ³ ´ µ ¶ · ¶ ¸ ´ ´ ¹ º ® » ² ³ · ´ ´ µ ¶
± ¨ £ £ ± £ ¥ § ¨ ¡ § ¢ £ ¢ Î £ ¿ º ¥ £ ¿ ¤ ¡ ¡ ± ¨ £ ¦ ¦
· ¶ ¸ ´ ´ ¹ ¼ ½
¿ £ ¨ £ ¤ § £ ¤ £ § ¢ £ ¢ £ © ¦ £ « ¦ © £ © ± £ ¥ § ½ ® § ¢ £ ¢
Ñ Æ Ã Å Ë È Ý Å ª « Î ± £ ¥ § ¡ ± ¨ £ © £ ¨ ¥ ¾
£ © ¦ ¦ ¦ « ¢ ¢ £ ¡ ¤ ª ¦ § ¢ £ ¢ ¦ ¨ ¡ ¡ ¤ £ © ± ¨ £ Û
¥ ¦ § £ © Þ £ £ ¡ º Ø £ § £ ¡ Î ¤ ¡ ¢ £ ¡ ¤ ¤ £ ½
¼ ± £ ¥ § § § ¤ ¿ £ Ø ± ¨ £ ò ¥ £ Î £ © ¦ « § £ ¤ ¢ £
Ñ Ö Ç Å Æ Ü Á Ë ¥ £ º ß £ ¢ £ ¥ § © £ Î £ ¥ ¥ ¦ ¤ ¢ ¤ £ © £ ¢ ¡ ¤ £
± ¨ £ ¤ © ± ¨ £ ¤ ¤ ¡ © ¨ ¦ © £ ¦ £ ª ¿ ¡ § ¤ ¥ § £ © § ¨
¥ ¨ ¢ £ ¡ ¤ ¢ ¤ ¿ ¡ £ ¤ ¦ ª ¦ ¤ ª £ ¨ ¢ ¢ £ ½
Î £ ¿ ¡ ¨ £ ± £ ¥ § « § ± ¨ £ º £ ¤ © § « ¤ ¦ ¦ £ © Ï ¢ ª º ¢ ï ¨ £ §
à Æ Æ É Ç Þ £ £ ¡ ¦ ¦ ª £ £ ¡ ¥ ¢ ¤ ß ¡ ¤ ± ¨ £ á £ ¡ ¢ ¢ ¥ ¡ « §
£ ª £ ¤ « ¦ ¤ ¨ ¡ Î £ ¢ ¢ ¥ ¡ « § ± ¨ £ ¤ © ¿ £ ¨ £ © ± £ ¥ § ¤
± £ ¥ § ½
¡ ¤ £ £ ¨ ¡ £ ¥ ¤ £ © £ ¥ § £ ¤ © ± £ ¥ § £ « ¦ ¡ £ ¨ « £
à â ã Þ Ó Î ¤ ¤ ¤ ª £ © Þ Ó ® ¢ Û
£ ¦ ¿ ¢ § £ © ± ¨ £ Û
à â ã Ð Ý Å ® ² Î Ï Ó § ° Þ £ £ ¡ ¡ Ó ¿ ¤ ¢ Ï ¼ ® ¢ ´ ä ä ä Û
© ¼ ± ¨ £ ò ¥ £ Î £ © ¦ ¦ ¦ ¨ £ ¤ ¢ ¦ ¦ § ¢ ¤ © ¢ ¤ ¿ ¤ ¥ ¥ £ ¤ ¡ £ ¿ § º
à â ã Ð Ü Æ Ö Ã Å ¤ ¦ ¤ £ £ Ï « ¦ ¨ ¥ ¥ ¦ § º ¤ ¡ ß ¡ ¤ Þ Ó ® ¢ ° Ï ¾
£ ¦ ¦ £ © £ ¨ ¡ Ø ¤ ª £ © ± ¨ £ £ Î ¤ ¡ ¤ ª ¨ ¥ £ ¡ ¤ ¡ ª ¤
¢ ¦ ¨ ¡ ¤ ª © ¢ £ ¢ ¤ £ ¹ µ ¾ å £ © ® ¢ ¼ º £ ¨ ¥ § « ¦ ¤ ¥ ¢
± ¨ £ £ ± ¨ £ ª £ ¤ £ ¿ £ ¦ ¨ § ¦ ¤ ï ¨ ¤ ¡ ¤ £ ° £ Î ¤ © £ ¥ ¨ ¥ £
£ © Ï « ¦ ¨ ¥ ¥ ¦ § ½
£ © ¢ £ ¨ ¢ ¤ £ £ ¦ ª ¤ £ ¼ £ ¢ ¦ ¦ ¤ ª £ © º £ Ø § ª £
æ Á Ã È ç Å × Ê Ã Å Á Ë Á Ç Å è È Å Á ¤ ¥ ¦ § ß Ï ¡ ¨ ¡ ¦ § Í é ® ¢
¢ £ ¥ £ ¤ ¤ £ Î ¤ ¢ ¡ ¤ £ £ ¢ £ ¤ § ¢ £ © « Ø ¨ ¥ ¢ § Û
´ ä ¹ ê ° Ú ¤ ¢ ¼ ½
ª ¼ ¨ ¥ £ ¡ ¤ ¤ £ £ © ± ¨ £ ò ¥ £ Î £ © ¦ ¨ ¡ ° ¼ £ ° © ¼ « £ ¿ ± ¨ £
æ Á Ë Ç Æ Ã È ç æ Ë Æ Ì Á Ë Å × â Á Ý Ö Ë Ä Å Ä Á Ç è Á ë Ä Ç Å Á Ë ¤ ª ª ¤ ¿ £ ¤ ¤ Ó ®
¦ ¦ ¥ ¦ ¢ Þ £ £ ¡ ¡ ¤ ¥ £ ¦ £ © ± £ ¥ § Î £ ¦ ¦ « ¤ ¦ ¡ £ ¨ ¥ £
æ æ â Ð £ ¦ £ ¥ § Ó ¢ ¨ ¤ ¤ ® ¢ ¶ Ô Ô ä ½
§ ¥ ¤ £ © ± ¨ £ © £ ¥ ¨ ¥ £ £ © £ ¿ ¤ ª ¨ ¢ Þ £ £ ¡ ¡ £ £ ¿ ¨ ¢
æ Ö Ë Ý ì È Ç Á í Æ Ã Á × Ç â Á Ý Ö Ë Ä Å × Ê Ã Å Á Ë Á Ç Å ¤ ª ª ¤ ¿ £ ¤ ¤ Ó ® ½
Þ £ £ ¡ © £ ¥ ¤ Û
î Ö Æ Å Á ï ¨ £ ¤ £ ¤ Î ¤ ¤ ª Î ¿ ª ¤ ¿ £ ± ¨ £ ¤ ª £ ¨ ¡ ¾
¼ Î ¥ § ¤ ¡ « § £ © « ¤ ¦ ¦ £ © Ï ¢ ª º ¢ ï ¨ £ £ ª £ ¤ « ¦
¤ ¦ £ © Þ £ £ ¡ ¡ ð £ Ó ¿ ¤ ¢ £ « ¨ ¥ ¥ ¦ ¤ ¡ ½
¤ ¨ º ± £ ¥ § ¦ ¦ £ « ¡ ¡ £ ¿ ¢ ¤ ¿ ¡ ¥ § ¨ ¤ ¦ ¦ ¦ © ¨ ¡
â Á Ý Ö Ë Ä Å × Ð ë Ë Á Á Ü Á Ã Å È Ã É â Á Ý Ö Ë Ä Å × Ê Ã Å Á Ë Á Ç Å ¾ ¢ ¿ ¤ ª ª ¤ ¿ £ ¤ ¤
¢ ¦ ¡ ½
Ó ® ½
â Á Ë ñ Ä Ý Á Ç ¿ ¤ ¢ ¥ £ ¿ ¤ ¡ ¡ « § ± £ ¥ § £ ± ¨ £ ± ¨ £ ¾
æ È × Ü Á Ã Å
ÿ
ò ï ¨ Û
ã Á Ë Ü Ç ¾ ¡ ¢ £ ¡ ¤ ¤ £ ½
ÿ þ ± ¨ £ ¦ ¦ ¥ § ¤ © ¨ ¦ ¦ © £ ¦ ¦ Þ £ £ ¡ ¨ ¥ ¥ ¦ ¤ ¡ £ ¤ « § ± £ ¥ § ¥ ¨ ¨ £ §
± £ ¢ Î £ ¿ « Î ± ¨ £ ¡ ± £ ¥ § Î ¤ ¤ ê Ô ¡ § £ © ¡
ó ¥ ¥ £ ¥ ¤ ¤ ª ¨ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¤ ¢ ¦ ¨ ¡ ¥ ¦ ¨ ¦ º ¥ ¦ ¨ ¦ ¤ ª ¨ ¦ ¡ Î
£ © £ ¤ Î ¤ ¢ ¤ ¿ £ ¤ ¢ ¤ ¤ ¨ ¡ £ £ Î ¤ ª ¡ ¤ Î ¤ ¤ ª « Î
Î £ £ £ ¥ £ ¢ £ ¥ ¤ ¡ ¤ ¡ ß ¤ ¤ £ £ © ± ¨ £ º
± ¨ £ ¡ ± £ ¥ § ½
£ « ¦ ¤ ª ¤ £ ¤ ¥ £ ¡ ¤ £ ± ¨ £ ¦ ¦ « ¡ ¡ £ « ô £ ¤ ¡ ¿ ¦ ½
Í ¿ ± ¨ £ © ¤ ¦ £ ¥ § Î £ ¦ £ ¨ £ § ¥ ¤ ¤
ÿ
¥ ¢ ¤ « ¡ ³
õ Ë É Á Ë Ä Ã ë ö À Á ç Ä ñ Á Ë × È Ã É Ð Ý Ý Á Ì Å È Ã Ý Á Æ ÷ à Æ Æ É Ç
ÿ
¼ Î £ ¦ £ § ¥ £ © £ ¤ £ ¨ ¡ ¤ ª £ ¤ ¿ £ ¤ ¢ ¦ ¦ « ¢ £ ¤ ¡ ¤ ¦ §
¡ ¨ ¡ ¥ § « ¦ Û
® ¦ ¦ Þ £ £ ¡ ¡ ð £ Ó ¿ ¤ ¢ Î ¨ ¥ ¥ ¦ § £ ± ¨ £ ¨ ¥ ¥ ¦ ¤ ¡ £ ¡
ÿ þ
« ¼ ¤ £ Î £ ¦ £ § ¥ £ © £ ¤ £ ¨ ¡ ¤ ª £ ¤ ¿ £ ¤ ¢ ¦ ¦ ¢ ¢ ¨
§ £ £ ¨ ¤ ø ¨ £ ½ Ø ¥ ¢ ¡ ¢ £ ¿ § ¤ ¢ £ ¤
£ © © £ ¨ ¥ ¢ £ ¿ ¤ ¤ ¨ ¦ ¡ ¤ ª £ © ± £ £ Î ¦ » Ø
¤ ø ¨ £ ½
¿ ¤ ¡ © £ ¤ £ ¤ £ ¡ £ © ¥ § º ¡ ¦ ¦ « ¢ £ ¥ £ ¨ ¡ ¡ £ ¡ ¤ ¦ § « ¤ Û
® ¦ ¦ £ ¡ ¡ « § ± ¨ £ ¨ « ¤ Î ¤ ¤ ª £ ¨ « ¤ ¡ « § ù ú Í ° ¦ ¢ £ ¤ ¢ ¡
ÿ
± ¡ ¤ § « Î ¤ ¡ Î § ¤ © ê Ô ¡ § ¨ ¦ ¥ ¤ £ ª ¿ «
¤ © ¢ ¼ ¡ £ ¡ Î ¤ ¦ ¦ £ ¦ § « ¢ ¢ ¥ ¡ « § ± £ ¥ § ¤ Î ¤ ¤ ª £ « § ¡ ¦ ¤ ¿ § £ ©
ÿ
¡ ¤ Î ¤ ¤ ª ½ ± £ ¤ ¨ ¡ £ ¾ ¢ £ ¥ ¦ ¤ ¢ § ¨ ¦ ¤ Î ¤ ¡ Î ¦ £ © ± ¨ £
Þ £ £ ¡ £ ¡ ¡ © £ ± £ ¥ § « § ± ¨ £ ½
ÿ ¢ ¡ ¤ © ¢ ¤ ¦ ¤ § ½
± ¨ £ ¢ ¢ ¥ ¢ £ ¡ ¤ ¤ £ ¦ ¦ ¥ ¥ ¦ § £ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¤ £ « Î ¤ ¡
± £ ¥ § ¿ ¤ ª £ Î ¤ ¿ £ © £ ¢ ¥ £ ¿ ¤ ¤ £ £ © ¢ ¦ ¨ å ¤ « £ ¦ ¨
± £ ¥ § £ Ï ¢ ¦ ¨ ¤ £ £ © § £ ¤ ¢ ¦ ¨ ¡ ¤ ª § ¢ £ ¡ ¤ ¤ £ º Î ¤ ÿ
¡ ¤ ¢ ¤ £ ½
£ ¥ ¤ £ Î ¤ £ £ ¦ º Ï ¥ ¡ £ ¤ ¥ ¦ ¤ ¡ ½ ² £ ¢ £ ¡ ¤ ¤ £ ¢ £ ¤ ¡ ¤ §
£ © ± ¨ £ ò ¡ £ ¢ ¨ Î ¤ ¢ ¥ ¨ ¥ £ £ Ø ¥ ¢ ¡ ¢ £ ¿ ¦ ¦
ÿ
è Á Å Ö Ë Ã ö è Á Ì È Ä Ë È Ã É è Á Ì ç È Ý Á Ü Á Ã Å Æ ÷ à Æ Æ É Ç
¥ ¿ ¤ ¦ ½ ² £ ¿ ¤ ¤ £ £ © ¢ £ ¡ ¤ ¤ £ ¦ ¦ « ¿ ¦ ¤ ¡ ¨ ¦ ª ¡ £ ¤ Î ¤ ¤ ª ¡
¤ ª ¡ « § ¨ £ ¤ ¡ ¥ £ £ « ¦ © £ © ± £ ¥ § ¡ ± ¨ £ ½
¦ § ¢ £ ¥ ¦ ¤ « £ ¨ ï ¨ ¦ ¤ § £ ï ¨ ¤ § £ © Þ £ £ ¡ ¢ ¤ ¿ ¡ « § ± £ ¥ §
ÿ þ
ó § ¿ § § ¤ « § Î ¤ £ ¤ ¢ £ ± ¨ £ ½ º
ÿ
Î ¤ ¤ ê Ô ¡ § £ © ¡ ¦ ¤ ¿ § ± ¨ £ ¦ ¦ « ¡ ¡ £ ¿ ¢ ¢ ¥ ¡ Þ £ £ ¡ ½
¿ ¤ ¡ º Î ¤ ¦ ¦ ¥ ¥ ¦ § £ ¦ ¦ £ ¡ ¥ ¦ ¢ ¡ « § ± ¨ £ © ¡ £ © £ ¤ ¢ ½
ÿ
Í £ ¡ £ ¢ ¦ ¤ § ¦ £ £ ¡ ª º £ ¤ ß ¢ ¤ £ ¨ « ¡ £ ± £ ¥ § ¡
± £ ¥ § ¿ ¤ ª £ ¡ £ ¡ ¥ ¦ ¢ ¡ « § ± ¨ £ © £ ¥ £ ¡ ¨ ¢
ÿ
¢ ¤ Î ¤ ¤ ¡ § £ © ¢ ¤ ¥ º ¡ Î ¤ ¤ ´ µ ¡ § £ © ¡ £ © ¡ ¥ ¢ ¤ ¢ £ ©
¡ ¤ ª ¡ ¡ ¨ © ¢ ¨ ¡ £ ± ¨ £ ¥ ¢ ¤ ß ¢ ï ¨ ¤ ° Ù ¡ £ û ¡
£ ¾ ¡ ¦ ¤ ¿ § ½
¼ ¡ ± £ ¥ § Î ¤ ¦ ¦ ¡ ¿ ¤ ± ¨ £ Î £ § £ ¦ § £ ¿ ¡ § ò
ÿ ± ¨ £ Î ¤ ª £ ¡ ¤ ¢ ¨ ¨ ¤ ª Þ £ £ ¡ © £ ¢ ¡ ¤ £ ¨ ¦ ¡ ß ¢ £ ¢ ± £ ¥ §
Î ¤ £ ¤ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¦ ± £ ¢ ½ Í ¦ ¦ £ ¢ £ © ¢ ¢ ¦ ¦ ¤ £ £ © ¡ £
ï ¨ £ ¤ ª ¤ ¿ £ ¤ ¢ ¨ « º £ ¡ ¨ « º ¬ ¦ ¡ £ ¨ « ¡ £ © £ ¨ ½ Í ©
£ ¡ £ ¢ ¨ £ ¥ ¢ ¤ ß ¢ ¥ ± ¨ £ Î ¤ ¦ ¦ « ¦ ¤ « ¦ £ ± £ ¥ § © £ ¦ ¦ ¢ £
ª ¡ « § ± £ ¥ § º ± ¨ £ Î ¤ ¦ ¦ « ¤ ¨ ¡ Î ¤ é ¨ ® ¨ £ ¤ § ² ¨ «
½
£ Î £ Ø ¢ ¤ ¡ £ ¨ ¡ ¥ £ ¤ ¦ £ ¡ ¡ « § ± £ ¥ § ¨ ¥ £ ¡
¡ ¤ ¦ ¨ ¢ ¢ £ ¥ § § ¨ ¡ Þ £ £ ¡ ½
£ © ¢ ¢ ¦ ¦ ¤ £ ½ ú ¨ £ ¨ ¤ ï ¨ ¨ £ © £ ¡ © £ ¢ ¨ £ ¥ ¢ ¤ ß ¢ ¥ º
® § Þ £ £ ¡ ¨ ¡ ¨ « ô ¢ £ ± £ ¥ § á ¤ ¥ ¢ ¤ £ ¡ ¤ ¿ ¤ ª ¤ £ ½
ÿ
± ¨ £ ï ¨ ¤ ¡ £ ¢ ¢ ¥ ¨ ¡ ¥ £ ¡ ¨ ¢ ¤ £ £ £ ¿ ¥ £ ¡ ¨ ¢ ¤ £ £ © ¨ ¥ £ ê ü £ ©
ÿ ± £ ¥ § Î ¤ ¦ ¦ ¤ £ ¦ ¡ ¤ ¢ ¤ £ ¤ ¥ ¥ £ ¿ £ ô ¢ ± ¨ £ ò ¢ ¦ ¤ © £
ï ¨ ¤ § £ ¡ ¡ ½ ¿ ¤ ¤ £ ¤ ï ¨ ¤ § £ © ¥ Î ¤ ¦ ¦ « ¢ ª ¡ £ ¢ ¡ ¤ ¡
¢ ¡ ¤ ½ Í ¢ £ © Þ £ £ ¡ Î ¤ ¢ ¨ ¡ © £ § £ £ §
¢ £ ¢ ¡ ¥ ¤ ¢ ½
¡ © ¢ ¤ ¿ ³
² £ Î ¤ ¡ ¤ ª § ¤ ª ¦ ¢ £ ¤ ¡ ¤ ¤ ± £ ¢ º ± £ ¥ § ¤ ¨ ¡ £
ÿ
¼ ± £ ¥ § § ¤ ¥ £ ¡ ¦ ¤ ª © ï ¨ ¦ £ ´ å ü £ © ¤ ¿ £ ¤ ¢ ¡ ¥ ¤ ¢ £ © £
£ « ¦ ¤ ª ¤ £ £ ¡ ¦ ¤ ¿ Þ £ £ ¡ º ¤ © ± £ ¥ § £ « ¦ ¡ £ ¨ « £ £ ¦ ¿ ¢ §
Þ £ £ ¡ Û ¡
£ © ± ¨ £ ½ ± £ ¥ § ¦ ¦ ¤ £ ¢ ¤ ¢ ¨ ¢ £ « ¦ ¤ « ¦ ¤ © ¤ ¦ ¢ £
« ¼ ± ¨ £ Î ¤ ¦ ¦ « ¥ £ ¤ « ¦ © £ © ¤ ª ¡ £ ¢ £ £ © ¨ ¤ ª Þ £ £ ¡
Î ¤ £ ¦ ¡ Þ £ £ ¡ ¨ ¤ ¦ ¤ ¢ ¤ ¿ ¡ ¥ § © £ Þ £ £ ¡ ¡ ¨ ¢ ¤ £ ¦ ¦
£ ± £ ¥ § ½
£ £ ¨ £ ¥ ¨ ¡ ¤ ¤ £ £ © ± £ ¢ ½
Í © Þ £ £ ¡ £ ¡ © ¢ ¤ ¿ Þ £ £ ¡ £ ¤ ¦ « ¦ ¢ £ ¡ ¤ ¤ £ Î ¨ ¡ º ¦ ¦ £
ÿ
ó ¤ ¦ ± £ ¥ § ¦ ¦ Ø ¿ § © © £ £ ¥ ¦ ¢ ª £ £ ¡ ¡ ¤ ¥ £ ¦ £ ©
ÿ
¥ £ © ¢ ¡ ¤ ¢ ¦ ¤ ¡ ¢ « © ¨ ¡ « § ± £ ¥ § ½
± ¨ £ ¤ ¢ ¢ £ ¡ ¢ Î ¤ § ¤ ¡ ¤ ± £ ¢ º ¤ ¦ ¦ £ « £ ©
ÿ
Þ £ £ ¡ Î ¤ ¢ ò Ù ¡ £ û ¡ ò ¤ £ Î ¤ ¢ ¨ « ô ¢ £ © ¥ ¢ ¤ ¦ ¤ ¡ ¨ ¦ ¦ £
¢ ¤ ¤ ª ¡ ½
« ¢ ¢ ¥ ¡ © £ ¢ ¡ ¤ ½
ÿ Í © ± ¨ £ ¡ £ £ Ø ¡ ¦ ¤ ¿ § £ © Þ £ £ ¡ £ ¡ ¥ ¢ ¤ ß ¡ ¤ ± £ ¢
È Ë Ë È Ã Å Ä Á Ç È Ã É Ò Ä È Ä ç Ä Å ×
£ Î ¤ £ ¨ ª § ¢ £ £ ¤ ¤ £ £ ¥ £ © ± £ ¥ § º ¥ §
ÿ
© £ Þ £ £ ¡ ¦ ¦ « ¡ ¨ © £ ± ¨ £ £ ¡ ª ¤ ¿ ¤ ± £ ¢ © £
® § ¥ ¤ £ º Î § º ¢ £ ¡ ¤ ¤ £ º ª ¨ £ ¨ ¡ Ø ¤ ª Î £ ¨ ¦ ¡ « ¤ ¥ ¦ ¤ ¡
ÿ þ
¡ ¦ ¤ ¿ § £ © Þ £ £ ¡ £ ª Î ¤ ¤ ¢ ª ¡ ¦ § Í é £
¤ £ £ ± £ ¢ « § ¦ ª ¤ ¦ ¤ £ º ¢ £ £ ¦ Î º ï ¨ ¤ § º ¡ º ¢ ¨ £ £ ¨ ª £
¡ £ © ¥ § ½
£ Î ¤ ¤ Ï ¢ ¦ ¨ ¡ ¡ £ © ¨ ¦ ¦ Ï ¥ ¤ ¡ « § ¦ Î ½
ÿ
ú ¦ ¤ ¿ § £ ± ¨ £ ¡ ¥ ¤ ª £ © ¤ Ø £ ¤ ¦ ¦ Ø ¥ ¦ ¢ ¥ £ ¿ ¤ ¡ ¡ ¤
± £ ¥ § ¡ £ £ Î £ ¥ ¥ © £ ¢ º ¢ ¢ ¨ ¢ § º ¦ ¤ « ¤ ¦ ¤ § £
ÿ
Í ¤ £ ¦ ± « £ © ± £ ¢ ¡ ¡ ¡ ß ¤ ¤ £ £ © ý Ï ¾ Î £ Ø º Ï ¢ ¥ ¤ £ ©
¢ £ ¤ ¨ ¡ ¿ ¤ ¦ « ¤ ¦ ¤ § £ © § Ó ¿ ¤ ¢ £ § Ó ¿ ¤ ¢ Î ¤ ¦ ¦ £ ¥ © © £ © ¨ ¦ º £
¡ ß ¤ ¤ £ ¤ ¤ ¢ £ ¤ Î ¤ ¥ ¢ ¤ ß ¢ £ © ± £ ¢ ½
£ ¤ ¨ ¥ ¤ £ ½
± £ ¥ § ¤ ¿ ¦ ¤ « ¦ £ ± ¨ £ © £ ¢ £ £ ¤ ¢ ¦ £ º « ¨ ¤ ¤ ¨ ¥ ¤ £ º ¦ £ £ ©
ÿ
ÿ æ æ â Ð æ Ë Æ ñ Ä Ç Ä Æ Ã Ç
¿ ¨ º ¥ £ ß º ¢ ¨ ¦ £ ¥ £ ¤ ¦ « ¨ ¤ £ ¥ ¥ £ ¨ ¤ ¤ £ ¢ £ ¢ º ¤ ¢ ¤ ¥ ¡ ¿ ¤ ª º
¦ £ £ © ¥ £ ß º ¦ £ £ © ¡ º ¤ ¡ ¤ ¢ £ ¢ £ ï ¨ ¤ ¦ ¦ £ º ° ¤ ¢ ¦ ¨ ¡ ¤ ª « ¨ £ ¦ ¤ ¤ ¡ £ ¦ £ £ ©
± ¨ £ ¢ Ø £ Î ¦ ¡ ª ¡ ± £ ¢ ¦ ¦ ¢ £ ¥ ¤ Ó ¢ ¨ ¤ §
ÿ þ
© ¤ ª ¼ ¢ £ £ ¤ ¤ £ « § ¥ § © £ Î £ ± £ ¥ § ¤ £ ¥ £ ¤ « ¦ ¤ ¦ Î º
® ª © £ ¥ ¨ ¥ £ £ © Ó ® ½
© ¨ ¦ ¤ £ © ¤ ¦ ¨ £ © ¥ ¤ ± £ ¥ § ¡ £ £ ¢ £ £ ¦ £ £ ¥ º § ¦ £ ¤ ¤ ª
ÿ
± ¨ £ ¢ Ø £ Î ¦ ¡ ª ¨ ¤ ¦ ¨ ¢ ¤ Î ¢ ¤ ¿ © ¨ ¦ ¦ ¥ § ¤ ¢ ¦ ¡
© £ ¢ ¤ ¢ ¨ ¢ « § £ ¡ ± £ ¥ § ò £ « ¦ ¢ £ £ ¦ Û £ ± £ ¥ § ò © ¤ ¦ ¨ £
© ¨ ¡ © £ ¦ ¦ Þ £ £ ¡ Î ¿ ¨ ¥ ¥ ¦ ¤ ¡ £ ± ¨ £ º ¡ ± £ ¡ ¤ ¤ £ ¡
¢ £ ¤ ¨ £ ¥ £ ¿ ¤ ¡ § Ó ¿ ¤ ¢ £ ± ¨ £ © £ § £ Î £ ¿ º ¡ £ Î ¤ º
± £ ¢ ¢ ¨ ¢ Ù £ § Ó ¢ ¨ ¤ § Í ¤ Þ £ £ ¡ ¢ ¨ ¤ § © £
± £ ¥ § ò Ï ¤ ¨ ª ª ª ¦ ¤ « ¤ ¦ ¤ § £ ± ¨ £ ¨ ¡ º ¤ ¢ £ ¢ ¤ £ Î ¤ £
± ¨ £ £ « ¦ ¤ ª ¤ £ £ ± £ ¥ § ¨ ¡ ± £ ¢ ¡ ¨ ¢ Ù £ §
¤ ¤ ª £ ¨ £ © ¨ ¥ ¥ ¦ § £ © Þ £ £ ¡ ¡ ð £ Ó ¿ ¤ ¢ ¨ ¡ ± £ ¢ ° Î ¥ ¦ ¡ ¡ ¤
Ó ¢ ¨ ¤ § Í ¤ ª ¤ « ¦ £ £ ¦ £ ¥ § Ó ¢ ¨ ¤ ¤ é ª ¤ ½
¢ £ ¢ º £ º « ¢ £ © ¨ £ § ¡ ¨ § £ £ § £ « ¤ º Î ¤ ¤ ª © £ ¢ £
£ ¤ ¤ £ º ¡ Î ¤ ¦ ¤ £ £ ¡ ª £ ¦ £ ¤ Ø £ © Î ¤ ¢ ± £ ¥ § Î £
£ ¨ ¦ ¡ ¿ « Î ¼ ¤ ¦ ¤ ¤ ¡ £ ª ª ª ¢ ª ± ¨ £ ¢ ¨ ¦ ¦ § ¥ ¤ ¡ £
± £ ¥ § © £ ¨ ¥ ¥ ¦ § £ © Þ £ £ ¡ ¡ ð £ Ó ¿ ¤ ¢ ¨ « ô ¢ £ © ¢ ¦ ¤ ½
Heldon
!
n o p
" " # " $ " # % & ' (
) $ &
& $ ' * + , + # & " # & + & +
& $ # $ & & & +
& $ & & !
+ & $ + + + % & & + & $
" % & # " + & " '
- . / 0 1 . 2 3 2 0 4
q o
( & + # # 5 # 6
+ " " + + " !
$ + ( + # 7 " # "
+ # & " + % & #
# # # + ' 6
+ & $ + # # + &
7 $ + + '
r o
8 9 : ; 0 < = > 0 ? : 0
@ & # & & # $
& + $ + 5 # " + + & $ $ & #
+ ! & + # " $ #
# + " + + !
+ + + 5 & $ # + " + & &
& & $ 6 + & + + " + $
+ + + + + ' @ $ 6 + &
+ + " $ + & + &
" 5 & + & "
+ $ + " '
A 9 B 0 : . 2 . C D = E
s t o
( + & $ & $ " F G + '
G H ' I J * K L I K M
N O P Q R S T U R Q V W X Y R S Z T X [ \ X Q ]
^ _ `
V P P a b a U Y S O T a U c d R a Q e
`
V P P a b a U Y S O e f Y W X R U Y a e g h i g
`
j k l d j \ m j
Heldon

Heldon Catalogue Edition 69 Compress

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Heldon Catalogue Edition 69 Compress

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

HELDON

The Heldon Team.

Heldon employs a dedicated team of engineers responsible

Our other brochures:

! " ! # " $ % & ' ( " ) " * $ + , " - ( * % . % / 0 " 1 2 $ % 3 4

Tel: + 86 576 8296 7700

Packless Line Valves 20

The First Line of System Protection

The Filter Driers/Drier Cores Function

Compressor/Polyol Ester Oil

75 PPM Filter Change At

2. Acids 3. Solid Contaminants

Acid Capacity of Desiccants

Molecular Sieve 6% 0.8%

Activated Alumina 6% 5.5%

Moisture Equilibrium Curves for R-22 and

Moisture In R-22, mg/kg

*Source: 2002 Ashrae Refrigeration Handbook

Note that, high percentage mixes of AL are not recommended

• 3A MS, AL and Activated Carbon (AC) mixtures

3000 Series 3001 Series

Liquid Capacity Table (kw) Drying Capacity Tables (kg refrigerant)

7/8 - 3001-307S 78 64.3 68.5 56.0 30.9 85.6 51 47.4 55 52 81 50 55 47 1620

7/8 - 3001-417S 92 67.7 72.2 59.1 31.4 90.4 77 71 82 78 121 75 83 71 2430

3000 Series - Flare 3001 Series - Solder

Weight kg refers to packaged weight of drier.

The Heldon Bi-Flow Filter Driers employ a new and improved

3040 Standard Series (Beige) have a solid core consisting of 100%

3027 Burnout Series (Yellow) have a solid core consisting of 48%

Standard Series - Flare and Solder

Burnout Series - Flare

Employing a solid core design, Heldon Burnout Filter Driers deliver

Available in both standard and short lay-in lengths these models

Note that it is good practice to remove suction burnout driers

Burnout Filter Drier

Connection Flare Length Weight R22 Solder Length Weight

Burnout Filter Drier with Jumper Tube

1/2 3026-08 179 46.5 7.0 4.5 5.0 0.65

3025 Series - Solder

Pancake Burnout Filter Drier

Manufacturing Standards Note larger connection sizes are available on

Suction Line Refrigeration Capacity (kW)

Liquid Line Capacity (kW) is based upon:

Conn. Size A Dimensions (mm) Weight

3017-1804 4 Core Shell 1 1/8 567 696 8.7

3053 Series 720 Series 3060 Series

Burn-out: 48% Activated Alumina, 45% Molecular Sieves & 5%

Part No. Description Suitability Interchangeable with Material

SUCTION LINE CORE

HIGH CAPACITY CORE

Drying Capacity is expressed as follows:

Installation of a strainer before any mechanical equipment will ensure

The “Y” Type;

Heldon packless line valves feature a forged brass body with

Suitable for all fluorinated refrigerants they are available in

Heldon also manufacture a three way version of the heavy duty

Dimensions and Capacities

Heldon Packless Line Valves - Solder/Extension

Heldon Three-Way Packless Line valve - Male SAE

Blue Line Packless Line Valve - Solder/Extension

Packed Capped Valves - Angle (2090 Series)

Dimensions and Capacities

Dimensions and Capacities

Male SAE Side to Male Taper NPT Bottom